Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
False Flag Attacks, Fake Terrorism & Engineered Wars



Part 1: Click here


Part 2: Click here


Part 3: Click here



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Syria Story Is A Fools Paradise
October 26 2016 | From: PeterDrew

George W Bush was infamous for the many comically calamitous lines he delivered during his presidency. But one quote he delivered, albeit very poorly, was in fact a very poignant line and one that could not be more applicable right now in Syria: ”Fool me once, shame on you. Fool me twice, shame on me”.




What about fool me thrice? How can the architects of the current holocaust in Syria possibly think that they can fool the public with the same card trick three times in a row? 

Related: I Am A Syrian Living In Syria: “It Was Never A Revolution Nor A Civil War: The Terrorists Are Sent By Your Government”

Manufactured regime change in Iraq, then in Libya, and now in the sixth year of desperately attempting the same thing in Syria.

On each occasion, the leader of those nations has been portrayed by the West as tyrants who are slaughtering their own people and who must be overthrown, either directly or indirectly for the good of democracy in the world, no matter how many innocent people get killed in achieving that noble goal
.

Under the Geneva Convention it is an international war crime to launch military action against another nation for the purposes of regime change.  Under the Geneva Convention, Iraq and Libya are clear war crimes and have been legally declared as such through numerous legitimate legal channels. 



The Geneva Convention

If the Nuremburg trials were being held tomorrow, both George W Bush and Barrack Obama would be as guilty as all the others war criminals on trial at Nuremburg. Both Iraq and Libya have been totally destroyed as nations, and illegal regime change achieved by the West.  Likewise Syria is all about Western driven regime change.

Anyone who doubts that Iraq, Libya, and Syria have not been meticulously targeted by Western political and military powers for systematic regime change need look no further than two very publicly available pieces of information.  Firstly, the report published in September 2000 by PNAC (Project for a New American Century). 



PNAC was a Washington think tank headed up by leading Neo-Conservatives, many of whom would take up leading positions in the Bush Administration the following year. Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld are two of the more recognised names. 

The purpose of PNAC was to look at how the United States could most strongly position itself in the world in the 21st century. 

The 2000 PNAC report clearly outlined the need for a very different power structure across the Middle East, new government regimes who would be more compliant to US interests, and for the United States to have a much stronger influence and military presence there, including military bases. 



Related: What Washington Really Wants in Syria

However, it also clearly stated that the public would not easily support aggressive military action in the Middle East aimed at regime change, which could make it very difficult to take the public with them.


"Further, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbor...”

The events of 9/11 exactly one year later gave the PNAC Neoconservatives that catastrophic and catalysing event and the opportunity they were seeking. The second important piece of information regarding what is really happening with the Middle East holocaust occurred shortly after 9/11

In December 2001, 4-Star General Wesley Clarke made a visit to the Pentagon during which he was informed that there was a plan for the United States to invade Iraq, even though they knew there was nothing at all tying Iraq to 9/11. 

He was also told that this was part of an overall plan of invading and bringing down the governments of seven Middle East countries in five years



Related: British Parliament Confirms Libya War Was Based On Lies - Turned Nation Into a “Shit Show” - Spread Terrorism

Those 7 countries being Iraq, Libya, Syria, Lebanon, Sudan, Somalia, and Iran

In 2007 General Clarke went public about this and his speech can be seen here.


"We’ve got a good military and we can take down governments” 
Are we still going to war with Iraq? 

"He said, it’s worse than that... this is a memo that describes how we’re going to take down seven countries in five years starting with Iraq, and then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and finishing off with Iran”


So, just like Iraq and Libya, regime change by Western powers has always been the plan for Syria


Everything in Syria has been manufactured by the West in just the same way as the sexed up dossiers about weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. 

Just the same as the manufactured public uprising and ‘rebellion’ was orchestrated in Libya to provide public ‘legitimisation’ for bombing Libya back to the stone ages allowing the assassination of its President and the overthrow of the government.

The chemical weapons attacks in Syria in 2013 were put forward by the West in exactly the same way as the weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. 

Supposed conclusive proof that legitimised Western military intervention on humanitarian grounds.

The West demonised Assad for these grotesque attacks on his own people even though there were strong indications and strong evidence that the chemical weapons attacks were in fact conducted by the ‘rebel’ terrorist groups and not the Syrian government.

No condemnation by the West of the possible role that the ‘rebel’ forces could have played in these terrible crimes against the innocent Syrian public. 

Just blanket condemnation of President Assad and the Syrian government. 

As with the weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, no thought given to any other possible scenario, no matter how uncertain the evidence was to support their position.

Just a continuation of the story that all the violence in Syria was being generated by the Syrian government against their own people.  

On the back of these supposed chemical attacks by the Syrian government, President Obama demanded that they now be allowed to bomb Syria into oblivion as he had done in Libya two years earlier, and how his predecessor had done in Iraq. 

British parliament however put paid to Obama’s war cry on this occasion. 



It was too much for the British public who were deeply scarred and feeling bitterly betrayed by Tony Blair’s lies and illegal destruction of Iraq. 

With carpet bombing of the Syrian people by the West now off the table, a quick revising of plans was required to keep Syrian regime change on the table. The narrative at the time from the West was of a mixture of the supposedly legitimate Syrian ‘people’s rebellion’ mixed in with other more radical groups.

However, within just a few months of the decision by British parliament to block the bombing option in Syria, the more radical groups in Syria suddenly morphed into something which was reported by the West as being much more extreme and was suddenly branded as ISIS. 



Related: The Real Humanitarian Crisis Is Not Aleppo. The Crisis is Washington Losing its ISIS Mercenaries

A seemingly huge, global network of pure evil which had sprung up out of nowhere and was now a great threat to the whole world.  Since then it is ISIS that has provided the narrative for a massive escalation in the level of Western arming, funding, and training of groups in Syria who are fighting the Assad regime. 

These same ‘rebel’ groups are now well known to be extreme radical terrorist groups affiliated to Al Qaeda such as Al Nusra, and many of them coming from other countries such as Saudi Arabia and Qatar. 



Not an internal uprising of the Syrian people for their freedom over tyranny as the Western powers keep telling the world.  

The West has literally been in military partnership with Al Qaeda and ISIS. 

It is illegal regime change in Syria by the West through stealth

Western powers supporting and facilitating radical extremist terrorist groups to do what the civilised world deems illegal and immoral if done through more direct and more obvious means such as carpet bombing.     

The PNAC report and General Clarke’s testimony have made it very clear what the agenda is in the Middle East. 

The official line for the public is that terrible things are going on in those countries, and for the good of the world and to help spread democracy and freedom, the West must either bomb them to rubble and dust, or support the ‘freedom fighters’ to do it for them

We know that Saddam Hussein, while clearly no saint, did not have any weapons of mass destruction and was not a threat to the world. 

Now more than one million innocent people are dead and a nation of 25 million people destroyed.

When the West started its massive bombing campaign of Libya in 2011 to help overthrow President Gaddafi and his government, did they inform the public that Libya was actually the most advanced nation in Africa, was in the top 50 most advanced nations in the world, that it had free health care and free education, and that Nelson Mandela had described President Gaddafi as ‘the hero of Africa’? 



Above is an image from Libya. The other similar-looking images in this article are from Syria. Is it not interesting that wherever the Cabal-run US and their Allies deploy 'democracy' - that these places always wind up looking very much the same...

Libya is now a basket case of a country run by brutal terrorist extremists.    

Now in Syria we have the Assad government, who were legitimately and democratically re-elected to power in 2012 with huge public support, being systematically demonised by the West in exactly the same way as President Gaddafi in Libya. 

It would seem that all President Assad and the Syrian Army have been doing is defending themselves and the Syrian people against radical extremist terrorists commonly referred to as ISIS and Al Qaeda, who have been proven to be recruited from other countries and actively supported by Western military and intelligence. 

Syria is under a massive multi-national external attack, not an internal civil war. 



Related: The Boy In The Ambulance: US State Dept-Funded Groups Behind Latest 'Iconic Image' Designed To Demonize Russia And Encourage Further Bloodshed In Syria

At the specific request of President Assad, Russia has joined with the Syrian Army to support them in that fight against ISIS and their brutal attacks on the Syrian people.

As Russia’s current military intervention in Syria is at the official request of the Syrian government, it is legal under international law

All other current military action by other nations in Syria, including the United States, is illegal under international law. 

US Secretary of State John Kerry even admitted this himself recently when he was caught on microphone off air.  



Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States


"We don’t have a basis (to intervene), our lawyers tell us, unless we have a UN Security Council Resolution which the Russians can veto or unless we are under attack from folks or unless we are invited in.

Russia is invited in by the legitimate regime,"
said Kerry acknowledging the Assad government’s stature under the doctrines of international law.

- US Secretary of State John Kerry

Yet incredibly, despite this, Russia has now also been universally demonised by the West in a vicious propaganda smear campaign and blamed for war crimes in Syria simply for supporting Syria defend itself against ISIS as requested by the Syrian government.

When the world looks at the daily news of what is allegedly happening in Syria there is another important recent disclosure that needs to be considered. 

It has now been officially admitted that the Pentagon has more than a half billion dollar budget which it has been using to engage the services of British PR company Bell Pottinger in the Middle East



Aww, chemtrails


Bell Pottinger’s function is seemingly to create manufactured images and footage in the Middle East that supports a specific political narrative. 

Presumably this would be the narrative that the United States government wishes to portray to the world

It would seem that the Pentagon is paying for ‘fake news’ images and footage to be created and shown to the world for political purposes.

The Pentagon is paying big money for Hollywood style theatre to be created and portrayed to the world as real news.

The Bell Pottinger ‘theatre news’ seems to go very much hand in hand with the incredible piece of legislation that President Obama signed off in 2012. 



The Smith-Mundt Modernization Act (H.R. 5736) overturned the Smith-Mundt Act of 1948 which banned government propaganda.  

The passing of HR 5736 essentially made it legal for the United States government to broadcast ‘fake news’ or deliberate propaganda through the media for political purposes, and they have allocated a huge budget to the Pentagon to do just that.  We have entered a very different world here. 


President Assad's Wife Tells it Like it Is





Source Article: Asma al-Assad gives first interview in 7 years

What is real news and what is manufactured theatre? When we see small Syrian children being pulled from the rubble from the supposed attacks by the Syrian government, is this real or is it PR theatre to push the agenda set out by PNAC in 2000?  

The systematic and illegal regime change that is being orchestrated across the Middle East as part of PNAC has created a holocaust the likes of which hasn’t been seen since World War 2. 

The devastating humanitarian cost of this is bad enough. But the current situation has the potential to escalate into something far greater and far more destructive on a global scale.



Related: Covert Hybrid WW3 Summary October 2016

The world is on a knife edge at the moment with tensions between the United States and Russia at an all-time critical level, and with nuclear options not off the table. 

Russia has drawn a line in the sand in Syria with regards the United States ‘Project for a New American Century’ because they know that the next step after Syria and Iran will be Russia.

So, with this in mind we would be wise to heed those ‘wise’ words of George W Bush;


"Fool me once, shame on you. Fool me twice, shame on me”. 

The world cannot afford to fall for this card trick a third time in Syria.

The stakes are far too high. 
 



Related Articles:

Pentagon Commandos Fighting vs. CIA Daesh Terrorists in Syria

Debunking the Western Media’s Coverage of the War on Syria

Six points regarding the US' attempt to destroy Syria

CIA Drug Wars Could Explain Why Syrian ‘Rebels’, ISIS Violence Fuelled by Captagon Pills



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hackers Cripple US Internet In Wide-Scale Cyber Attack: Possible Internet "Killswitch" Test For Staged Cyberwar Or US Election False Flag Event
October 24 2016 | From: Aljazeera / Various

WikiLeaks implied its supporters may be behind the attack and asked them to "stop taking down the US internet".




Several of the world's best-known websites were inaccessible across parts of the United States on Friday after hackers unleashed a series of attacks on a company that acts as a switchboard for the internet.

Related: Massive Cyber Attack a Dress-Rehearsal for the US Election?

The attacks affected access to Twitter, Paypal, Spotify and other customers of the infrastructure company in New Hampshire called Dyn, which processes large volumes of internet traffic.


"The attacks came in waves," Al Jazeera's Rob Reynolds, reporting from Los Angeles, said. "First targeting the East Coast of the United States, spreading then to the other parts of the country and even to Western Europe."

"The websites that were disrupted were some of the top names in the internet: CNN and the New York Times, AirBnB, Reddit, HBO ... a whole variety of sites were attacked."

"Dyn is kind of a middle man that directs users to different websites and routes traffic from server to server in a complex way," said Reynolds. 

The attackers used hundreds of thousands of internet-connected devices that had previously been infected with a malicious code that allowed them to cause outages.


October 16 2016:

U.S. To Use Internet ‘Kill Switch’ By November In Cyberwar With Russia

'The US government is preparing to activate an “internet kill switch” according to cyber security experts, and the groundwork has been laid to blame the unprecedented act on Russia.'

October 21 2016:

Someone Attacked America’s Internet

Twitter, Reddit and Spotify were collateral damage in a major online assault

This article discusses the national Standard Operating Procedure 303 that enables the shut-down of all Internet and cellular devices. It also discusses the new Executive Order on Space Weather events.

We have two separate issues here:

First, the government is terrified of a public that is able to record and share information in real time. This makes it difficult for the government to continue with its massive campaign of lies. The Facebook censoring of all statements that connect Hillary Clinton to her many crimes is emblematic of what the government wants to do across the board - mind control and the end of freedom of speech are part of the Obama-Clinton-Soros-Zuckerberg agenda.

Second, the government has a legitimate need to be able to shut down all electrical systems when a solar storm is about to hit, by shutting them down these systems avoid being “fried” and weather the storm, they can be turned on again once the storm passes, as if nothing had happened.

The two should not be confused.

The false accusations against the Russians are a US Government “PSYOP” against the American public, a last desperate attempt to distract the public from the very real multi-billion dollar charity fraud and influence pedding crimes of Bill and Chelsea and Hillary Clinton, with Barack Obama, Loretta Lynch, and James Comey fully complicit in all those crimes.

This type of attack is known as a distributed denial of service attack [DDoS]. They used affected computers to fire requests at the servers of Dyn simultaneously and essentially overwhelm it.


"The complexity of the attacks is what's making it very challenging for us."
Dyn's chief strategy officer, Kyle York, told Reuters news agency.


Operation of a Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) Attack:



Related: This Is Why Half the Internet Shut Down

York said that at least some of the malicious traffic was coming from connected devices, including webcams and digital video recorders, that had been infected with control software named Mirai.

Security researchers have previously raised concerns that such connected devices, sometimes referred to as the Internet of Things, lack proper security.

The Mirai code was dumped on the internet about a month ago, and criminal groups are now charging to employ it in cyber attacks, said Allison Nixon, director of security research at Flashpoint, which was helping Dyn analyse the attack.

The Department of Homeland Security last week issued a warning about attacks from the Internet of Things, following the release of the code for Mirai.


'Attacks Continue'

On Friday, Dyn said in a statement that it had resolved one morning attack, which disrupted operations for about two hours, but disclosed a second a few hours later that was causing further disruptions. By Friday evening, it was fighting a third.


"The company fought back and was able to get things under control again,"
our correspondent said. "But there were additional waves of attack. So this seems to be an ongoing situation."



Attacking a large domain name service provider like Dyn can create massive disruptions because such firms are responsible for forwarding large volumes of internet traffic.

The disruptions come at a time of unprecedented fears about cyber threats in the US, where hackers have breached political organisations and election agencies.

The US government has formally accused Russia of conducting cyber attacks against US political organisations during the campaign for the November 8 presidential election, including hacking of  Democratic Party emails.

The US Department of Homeland Security and the FBI said they were investigating the attack on Dyn.


"We still don't know who is responsible for this attack,"
Reynolds said. "But it certainly seems to be an attack that took coordination and possibly a lot of resources. So this is not some teenaged kid in a basement somewhere hacking for fun."

"The purpose behind their attack is also very vague since nothing was stolen. It was just disruptive, so some people are theorising that someone is trying to figure out how to shut down the internet."

WikiLeaks, a whistle blowing organisation that has been publishing hacked emails that allegedly belong to Democratic presidential nominee Hillary Clinton's campaign chairman John Podesta, implied in a tweet that its supporters may be behind the attack and asked them to "stop taking down the US internet".



WikiLeaks has recently said that founder Julian Assange's internet access has been cut by an unidentified state actor.

Ecuador's government later admitted that it had partly restricted internet access for Assange, who has lived in the South American country's UK embassy to avoid extradition to Sweden since mid-2012.

WikiLeaks' decision to publish documents affecting the US election was entirely its own responsibility, and the country did not want to meddle in election processes or favour any candidate, Ecuador said.

Related: Ecuador Admits They Silenced Assange Because Clinton Leaks Were “Interfering” With US Election


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Exposé On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And It's Allies
October 15 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch / Various

J. Michael Springmann worked for the State Department in the 1980s, in Saudi Arabia. What he witnessed and experienced did not make much sense at the time, but what he later learned put it all in context, and helped to explain the entire course of U.S. foreign policy for the next 30 years.



In short, just as the CIA provided funding and training for radical Mujahideen to fight the Soviets in Afghanistan, they have been doing the same thing ever since. Prior to 9/11, this legion of foreign fighters was used to destabilize and destroy Yugoslavia. Afterward, Iraq, Libya, and today Syria.

Related: The US War on Terror Has Cost $5 Trillion and Increased Terrorism by 6,500%

For this entire period of time, al-Qaeda has been a fighting force for America, a fact that has been known for years, but which is only now going mainstream due to American failures and Russian successes in Syria.

Today, we interview Mr. Springmann about his time at the consulate in Jeddah, and the events that led him to blow the whistle and expose the reality of the U.S.'s creation and support of terrorism around the globe.

In the second hour of the show, we discussed the latest Trump and Clinton leaks, and how they reveal what everyone should have already known: politicians are two-faced and corrupt, and fairly unsavory individuals. Brent closed the show with another Police State Round-up on police un-accountability.


Running Time: 02:04:03 | Download: OGG, MP3

You can visit Mr. Springmann's website here: michaelspringmann.com



His book is Visas for al-Qaeda: CIA Handouts That Rocked the World





America: Addicted To War


Since 1776, US has been at war 93% of the time. That’s 222 out of 239 years!



The U.S. has only been at peace for 21 years total since its birth

Related: US seeks to enforce global dominance by unleashing war on countries who oppose it – Assad

Since the United States was founded in 1776, she has been at war during 214 out of her 235 calendar years of existence.  In other words, there were only 21 calendar years in which the U.S. did not wage any wars.

To put this in perspective:

Pick any year since 1776 and there is a bout a 91% chance that America was involved in some war during that calendar year.

No U.S. president truly qualifies as a peacetime president. Instead, all U.S. presidents can technically be considered “war presidents.”

The U.S.  has never gone a decade without war.


The Americans Stand on Our Side and Give us Weapons - Jabhat al-Nusra (Al Qaeda) Commander in Syria

US weapons are being delivered to Al-Nusra Front by governments that Washington supports, a militant commander has told German media. RT discusses the interview with Jürgen Todenhöfer, the journalist who spoke to the Al-Nusra commander.

Related: Al-Qaeda Leader in Syria Admits US Is Backing Them in Interview

The CIA has been coordinating weapon deliveries on the Turkey-Syria border, German journalist Jurgen Todenhofer, who recently spoke with a Jabhat al-Nusra commander, told RT. He added that the US knows that the weapons it delivers to rebels end up with terrorists.


“This is a game everybody knows. It’s very clear that the Americans know that their weapons will in the end be in the hands of terrorists,”
Todenhofer said speaking to RT.





The only time in the U.S. went five years without war (1935-40) was during the isolationist period of the Great  Depression.

In most of these wars, the U.S. was on the offense. Admit- tedly some of the wars were defensive. However, the above list leaves out covert CIA operations and other acts which could be considered war.

Let’s update what’s happened since 2011:

2012 – War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen

2013
– War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen

2014 – War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen; Civil War in Ukraine 2015 – War on Terror in Somalia, Syria and Yemen; Civil War in Ukraine



Related: The Bush / Cheney / Rumsfeld Strategy for Iraq

Related: How Intelligence Was Falsified To Support Invasion Of Iraq

So we can add four more years of war. That means that for 222 out of 239 years – or 93% of the time – America has been at war.  (We can quibble with the exact numbers, but the high percentage of time that America has been at war is clear and unmistakable.)

Indeed, most of the military operations launched since World War II have been launched by the U.S. And Ameri- can military spending dwarfs the rest of the world put together.

No wonder polls show that the world believes America is the number 1 threat to peace. Sott Comment: Rather staggering, don’t you think? Also, for many of the war years, the US had multiple opponents. After all this war practice, we might rightly expect a simple bombing raid on ISIS to produce results.



Related: Confession of a CIA Agent: They Gave Us Millions to Dismember Yugoslavia


America’s history reflects violence. It’s blood-drenched. It glorifies war. It does so in the name of peace. However, this agenda is not driven by the American people so much as it is driven from up on high by the Cabal leadership who manipulate the sleeping masses to buy into actions that only appear to be "American".

The US / NATO is the tool and the scapegoat of the 'global elite's' New World Order.

America believes war is peace. It’s part of the national culture. Eventually it’s self-destructive. Today’s super-weapons make the unthinkable possible.

Hyman Rickover knew.  He knew decades ago. He founded America’s nuclear navy. In 1982, he told Congress:


“I do not believe that nuclear power is worth it if it creates radiation.” Then you might ask me why do I have nuclear powered ships?”

“That is a necessary evil. I would sink them all. I am not proud of the part I played in it. I did it because it was necessary for the safety of this country.”

That’s why I am such a great exponent of stopping this whole nonsense of war. Unfortunately limits – attempts to limit war have always failed.”

“The lesson of history is when a war starts every nation will ultimately use whatever weapon it has available.”

“Every time you produce radiation, you produce something that has a certain half-life, in some cases for billions of years.”

“I think the human race is going to wreck itself, and it is important that we get control of this horrible force and try to eliminate it.”

In his Der Ring des Nibelungen operas (the Ring), Richard Wagner portrayed his apocalyptic version. He did so musically. Gotterdammerung (Twilight of the Gods) prophesied the end of the world.




Related: U.S. Admits Israel Is Building Permanent Apartheid Regime - Weeks After Giving It $38 Billion


Einstein feared it. He didn’t know what WW III weapons would be used. He said “World War IV will be fought with sticks and stones.”

Bertrand Russell was an Einstein contemporary. He knew. He warned. No one listened. He asked:


“Shall we put an end to the human race, or shall mankind renounce war. It’s the only way to live in peace. The alternative is annihilation."

The choice is clear. The wrong one assures disaster. America’s heading humanity toward it. A slow-motion train wreck looms. The big one. There’s no second chance. There’s no coming back.

Historian Harry Elmer Barnes (1889 – 1968) once said:


“If trends continue as they have during the last fifteen years, we shall soon reach this point of no return, and can only anticipate interminable wars, disguised as noble gestures for peace.”

Historian Arnold Toynbee worried about WW III. Only pigmies in remote jungles, apes and ants might be left to carry on “the cultural traditions of mankind,” he said.

According to HG Wells:


“If we don’t end war, war will end us.”


Related: Pentagon Paid PR Firm $540mn to Make Fake Terrorist Videos





America wages permanent wars. It does so against enemies it creates. During the Cold War, Active Defense and AirLand Battle prepared strategies for how America would fight.

Soviet Russia was targeted. Today’s it’s modern day Russia. It’s China. AirSea Battle targets both countries. More on that below.

In 1998, US Space Command: Vision for 2020 discussed America’s grand strategy.

In 2000, DOD Joint Vision 2020 called for “full spectrum dominance” over all land, surface and sub-surface sea, air, space, electromagnetic spectrum and information systems.



Related: Top USA National Security Officials Admit Turkey Coup

It did so with enough overwhelming power to fight and win global wars against any adversary. Nuclear and other mass destruction weapons would be used preemptively.

In 1961, General Curtis LeMay believed nuclear war with Soviet Russia was inevitable. He wanted thousands of missiles launched preemptively. He called retaliation against major US cities a small price to pay.

At the same time, General Lyman Lemnitzer urged a surprise nuclear attack strategy. Jack Kennedy expressed disgust. He walked out of a National Security Council meeting. He wanted none of it.

He told Secretary of State Dean Rusk: “And we call ourselves the human race.”

Secretary of Defense McNamara categorically rejected LeMay and Lemnitzer. He should have fired them on the spot. Other extremists then and later urged the same lunacy.

Crazies have great influence today. Today’s weapons make earlier ones look like toys. Armageddon could happen. Rogue states can’t be trusted. America most of all.

Eisenhower warned;


“Against the acquisition of unwarranted influence.”
He named the military-industrial complex.

“The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist,”
he stressed.

Militarism writ large is the national pastime. It’s a national addiction. The business of America is war. It’s multiple wars. It’s permanent ones. It’s ravaging one nation after another.

It’s doing so for wealth, power, resource control, and unchallenged global dominance.


Armed Drones: President Obama's Favorite Weapon

President Barack Obama has received much credit for drawing down American involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan, but less attention has been paid to his administration's embrace of armed drones.

Related: Armed Drones: President Obama's Favorite Weapon

His expansion of covert drone strikes goes far beyond that of former President George W. Bush, and has blurred the line between warfare and assassination.

The classified processes used by the White House for approving these remote killings in foreign countries - countries which the U.S. is not officially at war with - has people questioning not only the Obama administration's tactics, but also the collateral damage of civilian casualties left in its wake.



Related: Classified U.S. Defense Network Outage Hits Air Force’s Secret Drone Operations

Related: Why Elites Love Drones

America never was the “land of the free and home of the brave.” It’s a war on humanity society. It’s a “let ‘em eat cake” one.

It’s an out-of-control rogue state. It’s ideologically over-the-top. It spends more on militarism and wars than the rest of the world combined.

Doing so lets war profiteers gorge themselves at the public trough. Doing so makes peace impossible. Warrior nations eventually self-destruct. Nations that live by the sword die by it. America’s no exception.

According too Navy Live, Air-Sea Battle (ABS):


“Is designed to develop force over the long-term. (It) seeks to provide decision makers with a wide range of options to counter aggression from hostile actors.

It targets China and Russia. It “reflects the US commitment to maintaining escalation advantage during conflict and sustaining security and prosperity in the global commons.

It’s “interoperable air and naval forces that can execute networked, integrated attacks-in-depth to disrupt, destroy, and defeat enemy anti-access area denial capabilities.”

Paul Craig Roberts quoted Amitai Etzioni. He asked:


“Who Authorized Preparations for War with China?”

“The Pentagon has concluded that the time has come to prepare for with China, and in a manner well beyond crafting the sort of contingency plans that are expected for with a wide range of possible confrontations,” he said.

"It’s a “momentous decision. It hasn’t received proper attention. America’s posture is largely Pentagon driven.

It stands out even more prominently because (a) the change in military posture may well lead to an arms race with China, which could culminate in a nuclear war; and (b) the economic condition of the United States requires a reduction in military spending, not a new arms race.”

“The start of a new term, and with it the appointment of new secretaries of State and Defense, provides an opportunity to review the United States’ China strategy and the military’s role in it.”

“This review is particularly important before the new preparations for war move from an operational concept to a militarization program that includes ordering high-cost weapons systems and forced restructuring.”

“History shows that once these thresholds are crossed, it is exceedingly difficult to change course.”

In September 2001, Congress approved the Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF). It did so for “the use of United States Armed Forces against those responsible for the recent attacks launched against the United States.”

Carte blanche war-making authority was granted. America’s war on terror began. It’s waged on humanity. It does so out of control. It targets manufactured enemies at home and abroad.

It calls independent nations existential threats. Russia and China are targeted. They represent America’s [The Cabal New World Order's] final battleground.

Challenging them risks WW III. Obama’s no peacemaker. He’s a cold-blooded warrior. They threatens humanity’s survival. His 2010 Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) reflects Bush era strategy.

Related: Hillary Clinton’s Involvement with ISIS Confirmed by Wikileaks



Related: Military Blogger Alleges U.S. Now Aids ISIS to Oust Assad

It’s old wine in new bottles. It “reserves the right” to use nuclear weapons preemptively. America’s only enemies are ones it invents. Peace is verboten. So is disarmament. They’re both non-starters.

Washington targets more nations to destroy. It invents reasons for doing so. It threatens humanity in the process. Preemptive nuclear war assures it. America’s lunatic fringe may launch what cooler heads deplore. Elements in it have mushroom shaped cloud delusions.

Nuclear war assures turning planet earth into an uninhabited wasteland. Toxic proliferation already is destroying life slowly.



ISIS Was Created by the CIA and Mossad






Related Articles:

It’s A US-led Invasion, Not Civil War in Syria | US Peace Council

Hillary Clinton’s involvement with ISIS confirmed by Wikileaks

President al-Assad’s interview given to Associated Press

Russia Bombs 30 CIA, Qatari, Mossad Officers in Secret Allepo Bunker

Russia Ready to Confront US “Plan B” in Syria

Expert: Mainstream Media’s Coverage of Syria Serves Power Elite

UN blames US, EU sanctions for punishing Syrian civilians, stalling aid work – leaked report

The Syria White Helmets Exposed as US UK Agents Embedded with Al Nusra and ISIS

MSM Syria Lies Need to Be Exposed

How We Know ISIS was 'MADE IN THE USA

Wayne Madsen: Yes, The USA Created ISIS… Along With…

5 Times the United States Helped ISIS

ISIS was created by the CIA and Mossad

Govt Task Force Confirms US Intelligence Faked Reports to Manipulate Public About ISIS

Extension of the [Engineered] world conflict

The Privatization of War: Mercenaries, Private Military and Security Companies (PMSC)


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

$40 Billion US In Aid To Israel: For Whom And For What? + Documentary Reveals How Israel Convinces Americans: “Palestine Occupies Israel”
October 4 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch / Various

Recently, the United States just renewed military aid to Israel in a decade-long, $38 billion deal - the largest of its kind in American history.



It represents a significant increase in aid, roughly $3.8 billion a year - expected to be supplemented by additional assistance through US Congress - up from $3 billion per year previously.

Related: Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie

The Atlantic in an article titled, Why Does the United States Give So Much Money to Israel?, attempted to explain the reasoning behind the otherwise unreasonable and unprecedented assistance by claiming:


Defenders of the deal would say it's necessary. Dalton described the uptick in spending as a natural extension of the long-standing relationship between the United States and Israel, "as well as close ties between those countries and their peoples."

She described the "fraught neighborhood" surrounding Israel: war-torn Syria to the northeast, Hezbollah-influenced Lebanon to the north, and an Islamist insurgency in Egypt's Sinai to the south, all of which help explain the historically high promise of $5 billion in missile funding over the next 10 years."

However, experienced geopolitical analysts will point out that the United States does not have "friends," "allies," or "relationships" - only interests and those who serve them.

And while The Atlantic attempts to explain the deal as a means of maintaining a "relationship," it and other publications admit that there are "strings attached." If examined carefully, these strings reveals just what interests this supposed "relationship" serves.



Related: New IDF chief rabbi: Soldiers can rape Arab women to boost morale

CNBC would say just that in its article, Big US military aid package to Israel has strings attached, claiming:


...it's structured so that more Israeli defense spending goes to U.S. companies. Israel's long-standing special arrangement for funds from the United States previously allowed Israel to spend 26 percent of the money in Israel - on Israeli-made defense products. But that provision is being phased out over the first five years of the deal."

In other words, the ten year, $38 billion aid package is first and foremost welfare for US defense contractors, not Israel whose own defense spending adds up to $16 billion per year - dwarfing annual US "aid." The deal is to encourage further Israeli dependency on America - dependency that lends Washington further leverage over both Israel and the region.

The purpose of aid and those who have arranged it on both the Israeli and American sides of the negotiating table is to continue directing Israel's domestic and foreign policy to suit America's interests, not the Israeli people's.

An Israel at peace with its neighbors in a stable Middle East and North Africa is an Israel that negates the supposed need of a US presence in the region.
It also negates the need for such extravagant defense spending in both Israel and the United States.



Related: $40 billion aid to Israel is ‘largest ever’ to any country, says Susan Rice

CNBC would also reveal that the new assistance package would include provisions making it difficult for Israel to lobby for additional spending unless war broke out.

Considering the track record of various Israeli regimes, does one suppose this is an incentive for Israel to avoid conflict, or actively seek it out?

In every way the aid deal is meant to perpetuate unpopular regimes, unpopular and inhumane policies, as well as perpetuate conflict and human misery.

The role the US plays in "stabilizing" the Middle East is revealed instead as a constant conspiracy to overturn it.

US, Israel, and Saudi Arabia - Trifecta of Conflict and Instability

The only other nation in the Middle East sowing as much conflict and instability as Israel's current regime is Saudi Arabia. It has flooded Iraq and Syria with militant groups triggering years of devastating war as well as directly launched an extensive air and ground war against neighboring Yemen.



Saudi Arabia - like Israel - is the recipient of extensive US backing. While the US made history by granting Israel unprecedented foreign aid, it sealed with Saudi Arabia recently an equally historic and unprecedented weapons deal amounting to some $60 billion - a single deal significantly larger than the 10 year aid package the US is providing Israel.

Israel's Haaretz would report in its article, U.S. Announces $60b Arms Sale to Saudi Arabia, Says 'Israel Doesn't Object', that:


The United States plans to sell up to $60 billion worth of military aircraft to Saudi Arabia, the U.S. State Department announced on Wednesday in a move designed to shore up a region overshadowed by Iran.

Andrew Shapiro, the assistant secretary of state for political-military affairs, told a news conference the U.S. administration did not anticipate any objections to the sale from Israel, traditionally wary of arms sales to nearby Arab countries."

Indeed, Israel does not object to US weapon deals with Saudi Arabia. Despite feigned adversity between the two regimes, the governments of Israel and Saudi Arabia work in tandem toward a singular regional vision with very few points of contention and with the common denominator being the way each nation's role enhances their joint sponsor - the United States - and its hegemony over the region.

It is then not surprising to see US-funded Israeli forces defending Saudi subsidized terrorists on the Golan Heights coordinating violence against Syrian forces throughout the destructive, ongoing Syrian conflict.



Unlike Saudi Arabia, which does not exist as a functioning legitimate nation-state beyond its petrodollars and its US-backed military power, Israel does possess the economic infrastructure and human capital to transition into a functioning, independent nation-state - if only its population can overcome the engineered strategy of tension that has ensnared it for decades and the regime behind it.

The United States' $38 billion is to ensure that regime remains in power for another 10 years, the strategy of tension continues to play out, and the Israeli people, as well as their neighbors are denied any opportunity to live in peace and move forward in progress for another decade to come.

Rather than underwriting Israel's security for the next decade, the US is ensuring Israel struggles under another 10 years of uncertainty, perpetually impending war, all while its regime continues to partner with neighboring regimes - including Saudi Arabia and Turkey - to undermine regional stability and further threaten the future of the Israeli people and the survival of the Israeli nation.

The Israeli regime's signing of yet another compromising, dependency-inducing aid package with the United States is proof once again that
Israel's own government constitutes the Israeli nation's worst enemy.



Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”

Comment: Perhaps Israel has been given too little credit here for its manipulative controls, global infiltration and concentration of pathocracy.




Documentary Reveals How Israel Convinces Americans: “Palestine Occupies Israel”

In this episode of ‘Behind the Headline,’ host Mint Press Mnar Muhawesh meets Sut Jhally, an expert on media manipulation and propaganda. In the film ‘The Occupation of the American Mind,’ Jhally and others examine how high-paid spin doctors control the media message on Israel.



Following the Holocaust, the world community - led by the United States and Britain - sought to create a European Jewish-only state.

This humanitarian move, though, utterly failed in respecting the humanity of the land’s indigenous inhabitants - Christian and Muslim Palestinians.



Starting in December of 1947, their land and property was seized and destroyed to make way for the state of Israel, where white only European Jews would live . Over 750,000 Palestinians were expelled and over 10,000 were killed by the British and US armed Zionist militias, and later Israeli forces, during the Nakba, an Arabic word meaning “catastrophe.”

Those expelled by the Nakba and their Palestinian descendants who make up the world’s largest refugee population in the world are not allowed to return to their land.

Yet a recent poll found that nearly half of Americans believe Palestine occupies Israel - not the other way around.

That’s because the mainstream, corporate-owned media continues to spin a propaganda wheel that dehumanizes Palestinians and paints Israel as a beacon of democracy.



Related: Google under fire for replacing Palestine from its maps with Israel

Meanwhile, special interest groups like the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, or AIPAC, buy their way into the hearts and minds of our elected officials. Ever wonder why Israel gets $3 billion in annual military funding from Uncle Sam? Connect the dots from the campaign contributions to the spending bills.

There’s a lot riding on our relationship with Israel: Apart from serving as a proxy for U.S. relations in the Middle East and Africa, Israel is America’s second-top destination for arms exports. Yep - the country’s that’s no bigger than the state of New Jersey is basically a black check for the military-industrial complex.

But not all Americans are on board with the notion of Israel as the victim of Palestinian oppression.


Important: Gaza In Context




Another study showed that 62 percent of the population now believes Israel gets too much foreign aid, and the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions movement has made waves across the world, imposing a kind of sanction against Israel’s economy by targeting Israeli products.

A new documentary, “The Occupation of the American Mind,” brings attention to how Israel’s public relations campaign has successfully manipulated the narrative of the Israel-Palestine conflict — in that, it’s not a conflict at all but a matter of modern-day colonialism, ethnic cleansing and apartheid.

Today I’m joined by Sut Jhally, executive producer of “The Occupation of the American Mind” and a professor of communication at the University of Massachusetts. The film was produced, written and directed by Loretta Alper and Jeremy Earp.

I asked Jhally to explain how Americans are being kept in the dark about Palestine, and how that prevents a mass movement against Israeli apartheid from forming in the U.S.

Learn more about the US war in Afghanistan fueling  the worldwide heroin crisis, and Israel’s occupation of American minds:

 


Related Articles:

How Israel Benefits from “Living with Terror”

The 1967 Israeli Attack on the USS Liberty

This is not Gaza After Israeli Invasion

Palestinians inside Israel Are under Attack


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American people: The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States
September 28 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RedFlagNews

The latest from the Gallup Poll is that only 32% of Amerians trust the print and TV media to tell the truth. Republicans, 18 to 49 year old Americans, and independents trust the media even less, with trust rates of 14%, 26%, and 30%.



The only group that can produce a majority that still trusts the media are Democrats with a 51% trust rate in print and TV reporting. The next highest trust rate is Americans over 50 years of age with a trust rate of 38 percent.

Related: YouTube Has Quietly Begun “Censoring” Journalists Who Criticize Government

The conclusion is that old people who are Democrats are the only remaining group that barely trusts the media. This mistaken trust is due to their enculturation. For older Democrats belief in government takes the place of Republican belief in evangelical Christianity.

Older Democrats are firm believers that it was government under the leadership of President Franklin D. Roosevelt that saved America from the Great Depression. As the print and TV media in the 21st century are firmly aligned with the government, the trust in government spills over into trust of the media that is serving the government.

As the generation of Democrats enculturated with this mythology die off, Democratic trust rates will plummet toward Republican levels.

It is not difficult to see why trust in the media has collapsed. The corrupt Clinton regime, which we might be on the verge of repeating, allowed a somewhat diverse and independent media to be 90% acquired by six mega-corporations. The result was the disappearance of independence in reporting and opinion.

The constraints that corporate ownership and drive for profits put on journalistic freedom and resources reduced reporting to regurgitations of government and corporate press releases, always the cheapest and uncontroversial way to report.

With journalistic families driven out of journalism by estate taxes, the few remaining newspapers become acquisitions like a trophy wife or a collector Ferrari.



Jeff Bezos, CEO and founder of amazon.com, handed over $250 million in cash for the Washington Post. Jeff might be a whiz in e-commerce, but when it comes to journalism he could just as well be named Jeff Bozo.

On September 12, Washington Post reporter Cindy Boren dropped the Washington Post below the level of the supermarket tabloid, National Enquirer. One must wonder where her editor was.

Drunk perhaps? The Washington Post actually reported that a Nigerian MD, Bennet Omalu, “whose credentials and tenacity are well known,” has concluded that Hillary Clinton’s obvious medical problems could be due to her being poisoned by a Putin-Trump conspiracy.

Related: The man who discovered CTE thinks Hillary Clinton may have been poisoned

One could possibly conclude that Cindy Boren and her Washington Post editor were having fun with Omalu, except that the article repeated the unfounded allegation that circumstantial evidence according to a UK inquiry associates Putin with the poisoning death of Litvinenko.

In other words, first Litvinenko, now Hillary.

If circumstantial evidence is to be the Washington Post’s guide, then clearly that evidence suggests that the neoconservatives, well-ensconced in high government positions and desperate for a New Pearl Harbor in order to launch their wars of hegemony in the Middle East, are responsible for 9/11.

Yet the Washington Post has a full-time reporter whose job is to disparage conspiracy theories while the Washington Post itself launches the conspiracy theory of the century: Putin And Trump Conspiracy Poisons US Democratic Candidate for President.

Related: Washington Post Grasps at Crazy Conspiracy Theory in Support of Hillary Clinton

If intelligence, or perhaps simply sufficient time in Americans’ lives to investigate the news, were not in such short supply, possibly Americans would reflect on what the benefit is of being driven by Washington into conflict with Russia and China.



UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American People. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States.

US Peace Council Representatives CONFRONT a hostile American press after visiting Syria, and learning that the American people are being lied to, grossly lied to.

A long video, but worth watching if you care to know the truth about what is going on in Syria and how Obama has been lying to us... again.  





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Syria: Attack on Aid Convoy Kills Twenty, Destroys Aid, And Obliterates US War Crimes In Support Of ISIS-Daesh Terror Group?
September 23 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

“The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the nation.” Candidate Barack Obama, December, 2007



As the US heaps blame and accusations on Russia and Syria for the alleged air strike on the aid convoy on Monday 19th September, as ever there are more questions than answers – and whatever US spokespersons state, absolutely no certainties.

Related: Voices from Syria: “This Country is being Violated by Terrorists who Destroy History, and People”

The only undeniable fact is that another tragedy killed at least twenty Syrian Arab Red Crescent volunteers and the organisation’s local Director Omar Barakat, father of nine. At least eighteen of the thirty one-truck convoy were destroyed with the warehouse where humanitarian aid was stored.

The Russian Defence Ministry has categorically denied any attack and claims the convoy caught fire:  


"We have studied video footage from the scene from so-called ‘activists’ in detail and did not find any evidence that the convoy had been struck by ordnance”, commented Igor Konashenkov, a Ministry spokesman.

“There are no craters and the exterior of the vehicles do not have the kind of damage consistent with blasts caused by bombs dropped from the air.”


Related: Russian defense ministry confirms US drone was present in area of attack on UN convoy

His observations are hard to challenge, anyone who has studied the assaults of the "international community" on far away countries over the last decades knows what a bombed truck looks like, what fragments remains of it.

Photographs of the affected lorries show burned out vehicles, metal skeleton intact.



Related: After Bombing Syrian Army, US Accuses Russia of Bombing Aleppo Aid Convoy

Konashenkov said that damage visible in footage was instead the result of cargo igniting – “oddly” occurring at the same time as militants (formerly Nusra Front) had started a big offensive in nearby Aleppo, backed by tanks, artillery and other heavy equipment.

He added:


"Only representatives of the ‘White Helmets’ organization close to the Nusra Front who, as always, found themselves at the right time in the right place by chance with their video cameras can answer who did this and why.”

Indeed the ‘White Helmets’ boasted in a video of being on the scene within “moments.”

The “White Helmets” who have had the gall to entitle themselves the Syrian Civil Defence Force are seemingly neither Syrian, nor Civil, nor Defence. Vanessa Beeley who has meticulously charted their antics points out:


"This is an alleged ‘non-governmental’ organizationthat so far has received funding from at least three major NATO governments, including $23 million from the US Government and $29 million (£19.7 million) from the UK Government, $4.5 million (€4 million) from the Dutch Government.

In addition, it receives material assistance and training funded and run by a variety of other EU Nations.”



Related: Ceasefire in ruins: Putin - the US can not separate "healthy" opposition in Syria from terrorists

She informs of such concerns regarding the organization that:


"A request has been put into the EU Secretary General to provide all correspondence relating to the funding and training of the White Helmets. By law this information must be made transparent and available to the public.”

Beeley points out: “There has been a concerted campaign by a range of investigative journalists to expose the true roots of … the White Helmets.” The most damning statement, however (comes from) their funders and backers in the US State Department who attempted to explain the US deportation of the prominent White Helmet leader, Raed Saleh, from Dulles airport on the 18th April 2016.

Of the incident, Mark Toner, State Department spokesman stated:


"And any individual – again, I’m broadening my language here for specific reasons, but any individual in any group suspected of ties or relations with extremist groups or that we had believed to be a security threat to the United States, we would act accordingly. But that does not, by extension, mean we condemn or would cut off ties to the group for which that individual works for.”

Figure that one, Dear Reader.

The Ron Paul Institute has pointed out:


"We have demonstrated that the White Helmets are an integral part of the propaganda vanguard that ensures obscurantism of fact and propagation of Human Rights fiction that elicits the well-intentioned and self righteous response from a very cleverly duped public.

A priority for these NGOs is to keep pushing the No Fly Zone scenario which has already been seen to have disastrous implications for innocent civilians in Libya, for example.”

What better chance to push “the No Fly Zone scenario” than arriving within “moments” of the convoy tragedy, filming it and creating a propaganda scenario before any meaningful forensic investigation could even be started, since the trucks were still burning. And of course, the “White Helmets”, aka “Syrian Defence Force”, were filming rather than attempting to put out the fire and rescue those in the burning trucks.

The Russian Defence Ministry subsequently caused outrage by claiming that Drone footage: “shows bombed Syrian aid convoy included truck full of militant fighters carrying mortar guns.”

However: “The footage emerged as the United Nations rowed back from describing the attack on the aid convoy as air strikes, saying it did not have conclusive evidence about what had happened.”

It must be asked, why on earth, after long and protracted negotiations over the convoy would Syria and or their Russian ally risk the wrath of US and “coalition” further decimation of the country by laying themselves open to accusations of bombing and aid convoys?

The tragedy has emphatically achieved one thing, however. Wiped from the headlines is another atrocity – the US bombing which killed over sixty Syrian soldiers and wounded over a hundred others just two days earlier, on Saturday 17th September, causing Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova to comment:


“We are reaching a really terrifying conclusion for the whole world: That the White House is defending Islamic State. Now there can be no doubts about that”,
according to the RIA Novosti news agency.

Again – Quis custodiet ipsos custodes?

Who will guard the guards?




UN Security Council Holds High-Level Meeting On Syria

The United Nations Security Council is held a high-level meeting on Syria in New York on Wednesday, September 21, on the sidelines of the UN General Assembly.

The meeting, chaired by New Zealand’s Prime Minister John Key, started with a briefing on Colombia, followed by a discussion of the situation in the Middle East, with special focus on Syria, after the US-Russia brokered ceasefire collapsed due to US bombing of Syrian government forces, and the subsequent attack on the Aleppo aid convoy.






Why Washington Had To Wreck The Syrian Ceasefire

Finian Cunningham explains that the CIA and Pentagon had to wreck the Syrian ceasefire in order to prevent the world discovering that there are no moderate Syrian rebels.



All of the so-called “rebels” are part of a US organized group of jihadists tasked with bringing chaos to Syria.

Cunningham makes clear that the US has no print and TV media, just a collection of whores who lie for their living. For the article visit: StrategicCulture

Related: Lavrov Makes History: 'Ceasefires' were bogus, nixes future 'unilateral measures'



Paul Craig Roberts "Russia Didn't Attack The UN Aid Convoy, It's A False Flag"!





Related: Russian Defense Ministry: Aid convoy in Aleppo followed by terrorists’ truck with mortar


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“We Are The Death Merchant Of The World”: Ex-Bush Official Lawrence Wilkerson Condemns Military-Industrial Complex
September 14 2016 | From: Salon / Various

The military-industrial complex "is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought," says the retired US colonel.



Col. Lawrence Wilkerson is tired of “the corporate interests that we go abroad to slay monsters for.”

Related: Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

As the former chief of staff to Secretary of State Colin Powell, Wilkerson played an important role in the George W. Bush administration. In the years since, however, the former Bush official has established himself as a prominent critic of U.S. foreign policy.


“I think Smedley Butler was onto something,” explained Lawrence Wilkerson, in an extended interview with Salon.

In his day, in the early 20th century, Butler was the highest ranked and most honored official in the history of the U.S. Marine Corps. He helped lead wars throughout the world over a series of decades, before later becoming a vociferous opponent of American imperialism, declaring “war is a racket.”


Wilkerson spoke highly of Butler, referencing the late general’s famous quote:


“Looking back on it, I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three districts. I operated on three continents.”

“I think the problem that Smedley identified, quite eloquently actually,” Wilkerson said, “especially for a Marine - I had to say that as a soldier,” the retired Army colonel added with a laugh;

“I think the problem is much deeper and more profound today, and much more subtle and sophisticated.”


Today, the military-industrial complex “is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought it would be,” Wilkerson warned.

In his farewell address in 1961, former President Dwight D. Eisenhower famously cautioned Americans that the military and corporate interests were increasingly working together, contrary to the best interests of the citizenry. He called this phenomenon the military-industrial complex.

As a case study of how the contemporary military-industrial complex works, Wilkerson pointed to leading weapons corporations like Lockheed Martin, and their work with draconian, repressive Western-allied regimes in the Gulf, or in inflaming tensions in Korea.


“Was Bill Clinton’s expansion of NATO - after George H. W. Bush and [his Secretary of State] James Baker had assured Gorbachev and then Yeltsin that we wouldn’t go an inch further east - was this for Lockheed Martin, and Raytheon, and Boeing, and others, to increase their network of potential weapon sales?” Wilkerson asked.

“You bet it was,” he answered.

“Is there a penchant on behalf of the Congress to bless the use of force more often than not because of the constituencies they have and the money they get from the defense contractors?” Wilkerson continued.

Again, he answered his own question: “You bet.”

“It’s not like Dick Cheney or someone like that went and said let’s have a war because we want to make money for Halliburton, but it is a pernicious on decision-making,” the former Bush official explained.

“And the fact that they donate so much money to congressional elections and to PACs and so forth is another pernicious influence.”

“Those who deny this are just being utterly naive, or they are complicit too,” Wilkerson added.

“And some of my best friends work for Lockheed Martin,” along with Raytheon, Boeing and Halliburton, he quipped.

Wilkerson - who in the same interview with Salon defended Edward Snowden, saying the whistle-blower performed an important service and did not endanger U.S. national security - was also intensely critical of the growing movement to “privatize public functions, like prisons.”



Col. Lawrence Wilkerson


“I fault us Republicans for this majorly,” he confessed - although a good many prominent Democrats have also jumped on the neoliberal bandwagon.

In a 2011 speech, for instance, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton declared, “It’s time for the United States to start thinking of Iraq as a business opportunity” for U.S. corporations.

Wilkerson lamented,We’ve privatized the ultimate public function: war.

In many respects it is now private interests that benefit most from our use of military force, he continued.

Whether it’s private security contractors, that are still all over Iraq or Afghanistan, or it’s the bigger-known defense contractors, like the number one in the world, Lockheed Martin.”

Journalist Antony Loewenstein detailed how the U.S. privatized its wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in another interview with Salon. There are an estimated 30,000 military contractors working for the Pentagon in Afghanistan today; they outnumber U.S. troops three-to-one. Thousands more are in Iraq.

Lockheed Martin simply “plans to sell every aspect of missile defense that it can,” regardless of whether it is needed, Wilkerson said. And what is best to maximize corporate interest is by no means necessarily the same as what is best for average citizens.


We dwarf the Russians or anyone else who sells weapons in the world,” the retired Army colonel continued.

We are the death merchant of the world.

Related: The Greatest Threat to Our Freedoms: Governments of Scoundrels, Spies, Thieves, Ruffians, Rapists and Killers


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The 5th Eye
September 11 2016 | From: NZIFF / CutCutCut

This densely packed doco from the directors of Operation 8 questions the price of New Zealand’s involvement in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, and relates the improbable tale of its 2008 sabotage by the Waihopai Three.



If our PM or the relevant public servants feel truly comfortable about New Zealand’s participation in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, it doesn’t show when they are seen explaining it, defending it, or downright refusing to talk about it in this documentary.

The disavowals we see are a matter of public record, but filmmakers Errol Wright and Abi King-Jones (Operation 8) embed those TV interviews, parliamentary declamations and media ops in a concise history of New Zealand’s post war dependency on the United States.

For lucid, more confidently-held commentary, the filmmakers turn to inveterate watchdogs such as Nicky Hager, Jane Kelsey, Murray Horton and Paul Buchanan, but evolve a position of their own through the accumulation and agile juxtaposition of some very telling material.

They also thread an unlikely tale of protest through this scenario, following the actions of the three earnest bumblers who, against all odds, successfully damaged the Waihopai spy station in 2008. A priest, a subsistence farmer and a teacher, they acted out of Christian conviction, claiming Five Eyes implicated New Zealanders in the murder of children in Iraq.

When they ran that argument in court, the jury acquitted them. No Crown witness was summoned to contradict them. When the GCSB has been so often in the news, with Kim Dotcom frequently in tow, there’s likely to be an audience, less heroic perhaps, that’s simply grateful to this film for providing a blow-by-blow account of the GCSB’s misadventures – and their expanding powers to make suspects of all of us.




For screening information visit: NZIFF


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Jeremy Corbyn: 9/11 Was 'Manipulated' + Russia Presents Evidence Against US, UK And Israel As Being The Actual 9/11 Terrorists & RT Declares 9/11 An Inside Job
September 29 2015 | From: TheTelegraph / MethodicalDeception / WorldTruthTV / RT

In comments that will raise questions about his suitability to lead the Labour Party, Mr Corbyn appeared to blame George Bush and Tony Blair for using the September 11 attacks in New York to allow them to go to war. Comment: If you are like me you are sick of the flogging of the 9/11 horse - however busting this wide open is a key necessity and the developments just keep coming...



Jeremy Corbyn has claimed that 9/11 was "manipulated" to make it look like Osama Bin Laden was responsible to allow the West to go to war in Afghanistan. [And he has the corrupt cabal-western governments crapping themselves].


Note: This article and the following article are archival

They have been reposted because of their importance and significance given the date today. Anybody who now cannot see that the events of September 11 2001 were visited upon the world by 'the cabal' is either in dential or they have rocks in their head.



New Related Articles:

Scientific Study: Towers Collapsed Due To Controlled Demolition

The Tyranny of 9/11: The Building Blocks of the American Police State from A-Z

9/11 Unanswered Questions: Mysterious September 11, 2001 Breakfast Meeting on Capitol Hill


The Destruction of All Three World Trade Center Skyscrapers on September 11, 2001, The Collapse of WTC 7

The Post 9/11 Era: Fifteen Years of America’s “War on Terror”. Years of Horror inflicted on the People of the Middle East

Video: 9/11 Opens up an Era of Crisis, Social Upheaval and Global Warfare. The Crimes Committed in the Name of 9/11

September 11, 2001: The 15th Anniversary of the Crime and Cover-up of the Century

Saudi Arabia’s Alleged Involvement in the 9/11 Attacks and the 28 Pages: “Red-Herring”, Propaganda Ploy

The Propaganda Preparation of 9/11: The Mysterious Death of John O’Neill, FBI Counterterror Chief in Charge of the Osama bin Laden Investigation

Given the exceptionally grave nature of this admission and its repercussions, one would suppose that Baer has been questioned by other media and/or the FBI and made to discuss in detail precisely who it was who cashed out and how he knew about the 9/11 plot in advance. But one would be wrong. Since making this stunning admission to the cameras of We Are Change Los Angeles, no one has ever asked Baer for more information about the case.







In comments that will raise questions about his suitability to lead the Labour Party, Mr Corbyn appeared to blame George Bush and Tony Blair for using the September 11 attacks in New York to allow them to go to war.

In a series of further articles, Mr Corbyn also appears to endorse controversial conspiracy theories about a “New World Order”.

...

Mr Corbyn was heavily criticised in the days before winning the Labour leadership after suggesting that the [apparent] death of Osama Bin Laden was a “tragedy”. In the 2003 article for The Morning Star newspaper, Mr Corbyn wrote:


"Historians will study with interest the news manipulation of the past 18 months. After September 11, the claims that bin Laden and al-Qaida had committed the atrocity were quickly and loudly made.

This was turned into an attack on the Taliban and then, subtly, into regime change in Afghanistan.”

However, in previous years he wrote a series of articles which appear to have endorsed the conspiracy theory about the “New World Order”.

The “New World Order” conspiracy is frequently linked to theories about the so-called “Illuminati” and claims about a “totalitarian world government”.

In an article for “Labour Briefing” in 1991, Mr Corbyn wrote:


"We now know that the Gulf War was a curtain-raiser for the New World Order: the rich and powerful, white and western will be able to maintain the present economic order with free use of all the weapons they wish for.”

That same year, he said in Socialist Campaign Group News:


"The aim of the war machine of the United States is to maintain a world order dominated by the banks and multinational companies of Europe and North America.”

The following year, in a piece for Labour Peace Action, Mr Corbyn said:


"What is required now is a bold, democratic alternative to the New World Order. The US veto at the Earth summit in Rio... shows just who calls the shots in this New World Order and who will be asked to foot the bill.”

Mr Corbyn has previously shared a platform with Ken O'Keefe, who has alleged that President Bush was a member of The New World Order who had orchestrated the September 11 attacks for personal gain.

The phrase was also used in a speech by George H.W Bush. Mr Corbyn’s spokesman refused to deny that the new Labour leader was referring to the “New World Order” conspiracy theory in his articles.

Related: Gordon Campbell on the PM’s TPP concessions on medicines




9/11: From Cheney to MOSSAD
From: MethodicalDeception

On Thursday, September 9, 2015 author Rebekah Roth was interviewed about her new book 'Methodical Deception'. New information she has recovered about the 9/11 false flag event will shock you to your core. This bombshell evidence destroys the "official story", forever. Israeli Mossad involvement in the 9/11 false flag attacks can no longer be denied.

Further Related Detail: Preparing the WTC for Destruction

To watch the FULL 75+ minute SGT Report interview click here.




Russia Presents Evidence Against US, UK And Israel as Being The Actual 9/11 Terrorists

Undoubtedly the 9/11 attacks on New York City and Washington DC are the most misrepresented by officialdom in US history.


"9/11 was an Anglo-American black operation executed in collusion with Israeli Secret Services and Saudi Arabian financiers.”

- 9/11 Investigator

Whereas the assassination of John F. Kennedy is now understood to have been a classic CIA Execution Plan, it does not come close to 9/11 in terms of the number and magnitude of outright falsehoods, misleading statements, fake science and fraudulent facts submitted by officials and agents of the US Government.  

The ‘official’ 9/11 Commission Report stands as the most fabricated document ever produced by US tax dollars. Not only did the investigation avoid every serious inquiry about how two steel frame building came down after being dustified in NYC, it also subverted every initiative to ferret out the truth.




It appears that Russia has been conducting systematic data dumps on 9/11, the release of which represents more factual information on the attacks than any US Government source.  In the wake of the Anglo-American coup d’état conducted by the CIA and MI6 in Kiev, it appears that Russia has no more patience for Western interference.  

Especially when nations are destabilized on Russia’s borders do the stakes in this highly consequential geopolitical chess match go up.

Since Vladimir Putin has no intention of starting World War 3, he can only respond to US-EU meddling by using asymmetric warfare on the internet.  Were the American people to understand that the US Federal Government perpetrated the 9/11 destruction, everything would change in a heartbeat.  

Because the Obama Administration has shown no sign of aborting its planned takeover of the Ukraine, Russia is left with very few, but still quite potent options.






Operation Terror

The 9/11 story you are not supposed to know.

Based on actual under-reported 9/11 events.

James McCullough from the mysterious "Council" gives a special assignment to CIA agent Aaron Delgado to attack the World Trade Center and the Pentagon and pin the blame on Muslim Terrorists.

Delgado and fellow agents, Phillip Singer and Chase Jordan, work with a group of unsuspecting engineers to develop unmanned jets that will hit their assigned targets.The Army and the FBI begin to uncover the plot, forcing Delgado to intervene.

The CIA agents also have to deal with an increasingly suspicious George Poole, the lead engineer working on the drones, who becomes skeptical on how the remote controlled planes will be used. A

battle between good and evil ensues as the plot to attack America becomes a hard-hitting reality.

See the trailer below and the full movie at: OperationTerror




The following excerpt recently appeared on an alternative news website - Veterans Today - under the subtitle “Too Classified to Publish”. Essentially this unprecedented release of ultra-secret and highly classified information illustrates Putin’s new tack toward Western intractability.  Simply put, Russia will no longer stand by idly while the Anglo-American Juggernaut projects it power wherever it so chooses.



"Too Classified to Publish"

According to a retired FXX agent specializing in Israeli counter intel: The type of nuclear devices used on 911 were a modified version of the W-54 nuclear artillery shells that were covertly provided to the Israelis between 1988 and 1998 from US surplus stockpiles illegally exported during the Bush/Clinton era.

Chemical analysis done by DOE Sandi was able to identify the chemical/radiation footprint or fingerprint of the warheads based on samples taken after 911 of the fallout at ground zero. (Editor’s note: Nuclear weapon use at ground zero is confirmed from multiple sources)

All plutonium based warheads have a chemical fingerprint that can identify the type of design and where the PU was made and how old it is. This was the 911 blackmail on Bush 1 and 2, the illegal transfer of surplus US nuclear weapons to the Israelis and why the continued cover up, along with the stolen gold and stock fraud that was going on Wall Street etc. According to file ENW57.pdf on page 66. (Editor’s note: Document received and confirmed)

Only a 2 kiloton device was needed to drop the buildings. A 2 kiloton device will produce a fireball of apx 150 to 200 feet in diameter at over 4000 degrees Centigrade. Just large enough to melt the I beams of the central core of the building and drop them in place.

The light flash would last less than 1 second and primarily be in the UV light range. Overpressure would only be at 60PSI max and directed upwards with the blast. See underground effect.

Fallout would be minimal and located to within ground zero range only. Radiation would drop to acceptable levels within 72 hrs. after the blast. Most fall out was trapped in the cement dust thus causing all of the recent cancer deaths that we are now seeing in NYC amongst first responders. (Editor’s note: Consistent with site data)


High FluxIsotope Reactor Core – Cross Section

Melted steel and iron oxide or “nano thermite” is a byproduct of the very high gamma ray / Neutron flux induced into the central steel core. The radiation dissolves the steel into iron oxide consuming the carbon and silicone in the steel.

This explains the missing steel columns and the very important clue of the “vaporized’ 20 ton antenna tower atop the south tower. The upward blast of radiation literally vaporized it. Video evidence proves this to be true. (Editor’s note: Tower issue a vital one.)

The total XXOO data file from DOE Sandia on the 911 event is well over 72 MB. P.S. Snowden didn’t have a Q clearance so he missed this one. Carnaberry had a pretty good stash of documents on the subject. (All under the transit stuff.) The entire nuclear nonproliferation story of stolen nuclear material coming from Russia was an Israeli cover story to hide the original source of weapons material coming from the US stock piles. (Editor’s note: Fully confirmed)

Illegal distribution of US nuclear material to foreign allies was not limited to Israel. Virtually all NATO allies were in on this scam too. Dick Cheney was the bad guy on this one. Bush2/Cheney traded nuclear pits to foreign country as IOU’s in order to get what they wanted. Tom Countryman a well-known Israeli operative is curiously now in charge of N.N.P. at the State Department under Obama.(?) He was put there by Ram Emanuel.



Early Israeli core model



It appears that the weapon of choice for the Israelis were the W-54 and follow on series of nuclear pits taken from the Amarillo TX storage dump. This was what Carnaberry was working on for Bush senior in Houston.

A total of over 350 pits were transferred to the Israelis over a 10 to 20 year period of time. The W-54 type of pit design were the most desirable due to the 2 point implosion pit design.

This is the easiest to re manufacture and modify as compared to other circular pit designs.

The pill shaped design of the W-54 type weapon contains over 1.5 times more plutonium than a standard pit. This would allow enough Plutonium to be recovered that was still of weapons grade use even after 32 plus years of age.

Americium build up in the pit over time eventually makes the Pit unusable as a weapon so they have a limited shelf life based on how fast or slow the Plutonium was produce in the reactor at Stanford.

Usually it was about 150 days max. Irradiation time in the reactor during production determines the shelf life of the pit as weapons grade material. All of the micro nukes used by the Israelis are re-manufactured W-54 type series devices.



Khazelov confirmed this a micro nuke bombing


These devices were used in the Bali bombing and the London bombing and in Japan on their reactors. (Editor’s note: Nuclear weapon use in Bali confirmed) Also used in Damascus, Iraq and Afghanistan by the US. (Editor’s note: Multiple confirmation including site samples.)

These are stored in most Israelite embassies for ease of deployment. The one’s used on 911 were kept at the Israeli consulate in NYC until put in place. After 911 the FBI now checks all diplomatic pouches with a Geiger counter before entering or leaving the US.

The South African weapons were also surplus W-54 artillery shells acquired from Israeli and final assembly and testing was done in South Africa with Israel assistance. (Editor’s note: This explains Pelendaba production issues.)




Note the melted rock under the foundations of the WTC in the two images above - this can only be caused by the extremely intense heat generated in a nuclear detonation

This was done because the Israelis needed a testing ground in order to make sure that there rebuilt weapons would work as designed. (Editor’s note: Testing on Sept. 22, 1979 multiple confirmations.) The North Korean weapons are also of the 155 mm artillery design as provided by Israel.

The true North Korean nuclear weapons program is based on nuclear artillery use and not missiles. The plan is to use a massive artillery barge on South Korea if war breaks out this include the use of small nuclear artillery shells to counter US tanks rockets and artillery.

The Saudi’s also have a stash of W-54′s acquired from the US under Bush2. (Editor’s note: Confirmed) The Israelis have also provided them to India, Brazil, China, Taiwan, Japan, North and South Korea etc. (Editor’s note: All but South Korea confirmed. Canada had been believed to be the source of Brazilian nuclear weapons.) Dimona is a standard 75 megawatt thermal open top reactor as used in France for their plutonium weapons production program, their version of Stanford (Editor’s note:  Probably “Hanford”).




Dismona, Israel

Due to over use as a fast breeder reactor by the Israelis, Dimona suffered a “steam explosion” IE a flash over indecent due to neutron criticality back in the late 1980′s under Bush 1. This shut down its operation for many years until repairs could be made.

It know only operates at very low power levels due to neutron absorption damage to the containment vessel. Now mainly use for isotope production. This forced the Israelis to turn to stolen nuclear stock piles from the US for the continuation of their nuclear program.

The Israelis knowing that the nuclear material that they had acquire only had a limited shelf life left before it was no longer usable as weapons grade then tried to dump it on the surplus market as fast as possible before it was of no use to them. So they dumped it on unsuspecting nations who would only sit on it and not be able to test it. These were the fissile tests in North Korea. (Editor’s note: Confirmed, multiple sources)

When everybody caught on to the scam such as Japan and Korea. (IE the Korean sub sinkings etc) they were angry because they paid big bucks for junk. This started a mini cold war with Israel and her old clients. However with micro nukes even as the plutonium ages it will still fissile producing a smaller size detonation well under 2 kiloton in size.




So they can still be used as small dirty bombs or as very small tactical nukes such as the nuclear artillery strikes on Damascus with rocket assisted W-54′s. (Editor’s note: Confirmed strike, May 4, 2013) On the W-54 pit design it is pill shaped and it is only about 4 inches in diameter and weighs about 24 pounds.

Most of the fuel is consumed in the plasma fire ball when detonated so there is very little plutonium fallout left to escape. If it is salted with other materials the fallout can be even reduced to lower levels such as in an enhanced radiation device or the so called neutron bomb. This is what was used on 911.


The primary purpose of the nuclear weapon used on 911 was to produce a massive Gamma ray / neutron flux that would vaporize about 150 to 300 feet of 6 inch thick steal I-beams that constituted the central core of the WTC buildings. This created a free fall event as seen on TV that day.




Evidence was also found of demolition charges being placed on an angle on key structural suports. This was confirmed by demolition experts as being a technique used to generate a free-fall demolition within a buildings own footprint

The flash would be hidden from sight due to the underground detonation. Most of the light was in the non-visible light spectrum any way. Over pressure would be reduced to 6 psi due to the blast traveling up the central core and neutron radiation vaporizing the TV antenna at the top of the building as see on TV.

The fallout would be mainly vaporized concrete cement and iron oxide. This is why after 911 they told everyone on TV that the beta radiation burns that people were getting were due to the caustic cement dust and not due to the radiation effects from the radioactive cement fallout. (Editor’s note: Fully confirmed)

The iron oxide found all over the place was what was left of the steel I beams. This was the so called Nano Thermite that was found everywhere. Fallout was limited to a 1 mile area around down town NYC. See charts. (Editor’s note: Received)

Radiation decay was reduced to safe low levels after 72 hrs., (Editor’s note: Fully confirmed) outside of ground zero its self. This is why the area was blocked off from the public for 3 days after the event, in order to let the radiation drop to safe levels.



If you read this excerpt closely,  you can clearly see that Russia means business.  It is what they did not say - directly - that makes this data-dump so poignant … and dangerous to the Anglo-American power structure.





RT Declares 9/11 Was An Inside Job





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence
June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?



The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East.

Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity?

The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.


Presumption of a Cover-Up …

Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime.  American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for  the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11?

Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags


Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence

For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this.

(The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company.  And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)


Destruction of Videotapes

The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.



Related: Obama Administration Caught Conspiring to Destroy Key 9/11 Evidence in Trial at Gitmo

9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:


“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation.
"

And:


“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed."

If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."


Related: How the CIA Writes History


Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes

The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.




Black Boxes

The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.


Pentagon Fibs

The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.


Soviet-Style “Minders”

The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this).

In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.


Undermining Investigation

President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine.

This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this).

The administration then starved the commission of funds.  The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly.

Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001.

The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.


Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:


“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US.

In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission.

The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages.

Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels.

Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes
.

The staff protests were mostly overruled.

***

But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:


Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence.

The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."


Letting Terrorists Go Free

A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?


Destruction of Physical Evidence

The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

Note the demolition charges going off...

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center.

The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.


9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation

The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation:

9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail”

The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”



9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .”

9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting”

9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”.  When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions”

The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.”

The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it

9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued



Planting False Evidence

Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this).


According to NBC News:

Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured

At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured”

One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ

The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves


Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:


Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found.

A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

I Am A Syrian Living In Syria: “It Was Never A Revolution Nor A Civil War: The Terrorists Are Sent By Your Government
September 10 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

"Your Obama and whoever is behind him or above him are supporting al Qaeda and leading a proxy war on my country. We thought you are against al Qaeda and now you support them."



Two years ago, “Majd” wrote these words on a Facebook posting:

Related: 10 Facts the Mainstream Media Won’t Tell You About the War in Syria


“I am Syrian… living in Syria in the middle of everything. We have seen horrors. It was never a revolution nor a civil war. The terrorists are sent by your goverment.

They are al Qaeda Jabhat al Nusra Wahhabi Salafists Talibans etc and the like extremists jihadists sent by the West and the Saudis and Qatar and Turkey.

Your Obama and whoever is behind him or above him are supporting al Qaeda and leading a proxy war on my country. We thought you are against al Qaeda and now you support them.

The majority here loves Assad. He has never committed a crime against his own people…the chemical attack was staged by the terrorists helped by USA and UK etc..everyone knows that here. American soldiers and people should not be supporting barbarian al Qaeda terrorists who are killing Christians, Muslims in my country and everyone.

Every massacre has committed by them. We were all happy in Syria= we have free school and university education available for everyone, free healthcare, no GMO, no fluoride, no chemtrails, no Rothschild IMF- controlled bank, state owned central bank which gives 11% interest, we are self-sufficient and have no foreign debt to any country or bank.

Life before the crisis was so beautiful here. Now it is hard and horrific in some regions.

I do not understand how the good and brave American people can accept to bomb my country who has never harmed them and therefore help the barbarian al Qaeda . These animals slit throats and behead for pleasure… they behead babies and rape young kids.

They are satanic. Our military helped.by the millions of civilian militias are winning the battle against al Qaeda..but now the usa want to bomb the shit out of us so the al Qaeda can get the upper hand .

Please help us American people. They are destroying the cradle of civilization. Stop your government.

Impeach that bankster puppet ape you have as president… support Ron Paul or Rand or anyone the like who are true American patriots. but be sure of one.thing.. if they attack and I think they will….it will be hell.

Be sure that it be world war and many many will die. Syria can and will defend itself and will sink many US ships. Iran will go to war..Russia and China eventually if it escalates… and all this for what ? For the elites who created al Qaeda through the US gvt and use it to conduct proxy wars and destabilize countries who do not go along with their new world order agenda !!!?!!

American people…you gotta regain control of your once admirable country. Now everyone hates you for.the.death you bring almost everywhere.

Ask the Iraqis…the Afghans…the Pakistanis…the Palestinians…the Syrians…the Macedonians and Serbs…the Libyans…the Somalis…the Yemenis ….all the ones you kill with drones everyday. Stop your wars stop wars. Enough wars. Use diplomacy..dialogue…help..not force.”


Consistent testimonies from Syrians, as well as well-documented, open-source Western sources, and historical memory, all serve to reinforce the accuracy of the aforementioned testimony.

Syrians are living the horror brought to them by the criminal West.  They can not afford the complacency of shrugging their shoulders in indecision, not when their lives and their ancient civilization is being threatened by Western-paid terrorist mercenaries of the worst kind.



Related: Washington’s Attempted Murder Of Syria

“Our” proxies, slit throats, chop heads, and take no prisoners as we waffle in indecision, ignore empirical evidence, and take the comfortable easy road of believing the labyrinth of lies promulgated by Western media messaging.

The veil of comfortable confusion, nested in an unconscious belief that our government knows best or that it is patriotic to believe the lies and fabrications implicit in the hollow words of politicians (who no longer represent us) and the false pronouncements of Imperial messengers, is concealing an overseas holocaust.

Western societies are rotting from the inside out because of these lies and this barbarity.  We are protecting a criminal cabal of corporate globalists who do not serve our interests and never will.



Related: US Admits Paying Terrorists For Services Rendered In Syria

Our democracies, which we should be protecting, have long disappeared – except in the hollow words of newspaper stenographers.  Instead we are supporting transnational corporate elites and their delusional projects.

Poverty and disemployment are all soaring beneath the fakery of government pronouncements, as the public domain evaporates beneath words like “efficiency” or the “economy” - all false covers that serve to enrich elites and destroy us.  Internal imperialism at home is a faded replica of the foreign imperialism abroad.

As countries are destroyed, and its peoples are slaughtered - think Syria, Libya, Ukraine, and others - by abhorrent Western proxies - public institutions are contaminated, and ultimately replaced by parasitical “privatized” facsimiles. 

Public banking is looted and destroyed in favour of transnational banksterism, World Bank funding, and IMF usury



Food security is destroyed and replaced by biotech tentacles and engineered dependencies on cash crops and unhealthy food.  Currencies are destroyed, sanctions are imposed, and the unknown, unseen hand of totalitarian control imposes itself, amidst the cloud of diversions and confusions, aided by comprador regimes, oligarch interests, and shrugging domestic populations.

Syria refuses to submit.  That is why the West is taught to hate her, and the rest of the world learns to love and respect her.



Related: Liberating Syria’s Ancient Pentagram Vortex & It’s Geopolitical Effects

Yet, Syria’s struggles are our struggles.  Syria represents international law, stability, and integrity: the same values that western peoples overtly cherish but stubbornly reject, as our countries wilt beneath suffocating veils of lies and delusions.

I support Syria, because I respect what remains of international law.

I support Syria because I reject Wahhabism, Sharia law, and terrorism.

I support Syria because I reject the undemocratic, transnational oligarchies that are subverting our once flourishing, now dead, democracies.

I reject the lies of our propagandizing media, the hollow words of our politicians, and the fake   “humanitarian” messaging that demonizes non-belligerent countries and their populations.

In the name of justice, humanity, and the rule of law, I support the elected government of Syria led by its President, Bashar al-Assad. Syria, an ancient cradle of civilization, is leading the way towards a better future for all of us.

All we have to do is open our eyes.

Related: We Know About The Lies Over Iraq But What About Syria?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing
September 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Tomorrow it will be the 15th anniversary of 9/11, and this November 22 will be the 53rd anniversary of the assassination of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas, Texas. These two state crimes against democracy destroyed American democracy, accountable government, and the Constitution’s protections of civil liberty.



Years after the damage done by these events the American people no longer believe the official stories. Neither does the government, but the government will never validate the distrust that Americans now share of the oligarchs’ government by acknowledging the truth.

Related: Architect Richard Gage On 9/11: TVNZ Close Up

The official explanation of the assassination of President Kennedy never made any sense. Videos of the assassination contradicted the official story, as did witnesses, and many credible people challenged the government’s story.

The CIA was faced with the official explanation becoming unglued and launched its media program stigmatizing doubters as “conspiracy theorists.”

Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge?

The CIA’s psych warfare against the public succeeded at the time and for a number of years during which witnesses had mysterious deaths and the trail grew cold. But by the late 1970s there was so much public skepticism of the official story that the US Congress took the risk of being labeled “conspiracy kooks.”

The House Select Committee on Assassinations reopened the inquiry into JFK’s murder. The House Committee concluded that the Warren Commission’s investigation was seriously flawed, that there was more than one person firing at President Kennedy and that there was a conspiracy to assassinate JFK.



Related: Lee Harvey Oswald Innocent

The corrupt US Department of Justice (sic) contradicted the House Select Committee’s report. However, the American people believed the Select Committee and not the corrupt Justice (sic) Department, which never tells the truth about anything.

By 2013 polls showed that most Americans are “conspiracy kooks” who do not believe the official government line on JFK’s assassination. So with regard to JFK’s assassination, the “conspiracy theorists” are in the majority. The minority are the Americans who cannot escape their brainwashing.

Related: Poll: 62 percent believe broader plot killed Kennedy

In a few days it will be the 15th anniversary of the alleged al Qaeda attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, and we are witnessing the fading protection that the charge of “conspiracy theorist” provides for the officlal government story. Indeed, the official 9/11 story is collapsing before our eyes.

Europhysics, the respected publicaton of the European physics community has pubished an article by scientists who conclude that:



“The evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that all three [World Trade Center] buildings were destroyed by controlled demolition.”

Few American scientists can admit this, because their careers depend on US government and military/security complex research contracts. Independent scientists in the US are a vanishing breed, an endangered species.

The scientists say that in view of their findings, “it is morally imperative” that 9/11 “be the subject of a truly scientific and impartial investigation by responsible authorities.



Related: 15 Years Later: On The Physics Of High-Rise Building Collapses

So now we are faced with a peculiar situation. The scientifically ignorant two-bit punk American presstitutes claim to know more than the editors of the journal of the European physics community and the scientists who did the investigation.

Don’t you think it farfetched that ignorant, corrupt, and cowardly American journalists who lie for money know more than physicists, chemists, 2,700 high-rise architects and structural engineers who have called on the US Congress to launch a real investigation of 9/11, firefighters and first responders who were on the WTC scene, military and civilian pilots and former high government officials, all of whom are on record challenging the unbelievable and physically impossible official story of 9/11?

What kind of a dumbshit moron does a person have to be to believe that the United States government and its media whores know better than the laws of physics?

The ability of the presstitutes to influence Americans seems to be on the decline. The media ganged up on Donald Trump during the Republican primaries, intending to deny Trump the nomination.

But the voters ignored the presstitutes. In the current presidential campaign, Hillary is not the run-away winner that the presstitutes are trying to make her. And despite the propaganda ministry, the legs under the official 9/11 story are wobbly, to say the least.



Indeed, the official 9/11 story already has lost credibility with the American public. Last April a Rasmussen Poll found that “Americans doubt they’ve been told all the facts about the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States and strongly believe the government should come clean.”

Related: Americans Want Government To Tell All About 9/11

A YouGov poll in 2013 found that 50 percent of Americans “have doubts about the government’s account of 9/11,” which shows that the public is far more intelligent and less corrupt than the presstitutes who are paid to lie to the public.

This poll also found that as a consequence of the cover-up job performed by the American presstitutes, 46 percent of Americans were not even aware that a third WTC building, Building 7, collapsed on September 11. After viewing films of WTC 7’s collapse, 46 percent saw it as a controlled demolition.

By a margin of two to one, poll respondants support a new investigation of Building 7’s collapse.



So, in America today “conspiracy kooks” outnumber those who believe the official lies.

As the official lies are themselves conspiracy theories, Americans who disbelieve the official conspiracy theories outnumber Americans who believe official conspiracy theories.

The question is: who are the real conspiracy kooks, the majority who disbelieve the official lies or the minority who believe the official lies?

It is curious that the CIA’s psych-op mind-controll has broken down in the cases of the JFK assassination and 9/11, but is still effective in more recently orchestrated events, such as San Bernardino, Orlando, Paris, and Nice. Perhaps this is because not enough time has passed for the public to pay attention to the vast difference between the stories and the evidence.




The Internet offers many refutations of the official accounts. With regard to Nice, France, the Nice police officials themselves are having problems with the official story. The French Anti-Terrorist Sub-Directorate in Paris has ordered the public authorities in Nice to delete the video recordings from security cameras of the “Nice Terror Truck Attack.” The Nice authorities refused on the grounds that this would be destruction of criminal evidence.

Related: French Anti-Terrorist Police Demand Destruction Of Nice Evidence

This story has disappeared from the news. I have asked friends in France how this conflict was resolved and have not heard anything. The French like to live life well and faced with the refugees from Washington’s wars, they seem to be focused on living life well while it can be done. If I hear anything, I will pass it on.

Apparently, the order to delete the video evidence of the “attack” was not sufficient for the French Ministry of the Interior. According to a senior Nice police officer, Sandra Bertin, the Interior Ministry pressured her to falsify her police report on the Nice “truck massacre.”

Officer Bertin told the Journal du Dimanche that “he ordered me to put in [the report] the specific positions of the national police which I had not seen on the screen.”



Related: French officer claims interior ministry made her alter Nice attack report

The Interior Minister, Bernard Cazeneuve is suing the Nice police official for “defamation,” as if it is possible to defame any politician anywhere in the corrupt West.

Related: French Interior Minister Bernard Cazeneuve To Sue Police Officer Over Nice Attack Claims

Moreover, why would a senior Nice official make up a story about being ordered to change a report? It doesn’t make any sense, does it? Clearly, the central government is trying to hide the evidence against the official story.

Related: French government denies cover-up of Nice police deployment

It seems that the French media is disposing of the Nice police official by branding her a rightwing racist opposed to the current government.

Related: Nice attack CCTV ‘manipulation’ controversy a new blow to French govt

How the "Nice Truck Attack Hoax" was Orchestrated

Watch this video and ignore the narrator’s four-letter vocabulary.





What you will learn is that all those people you saw running in the presstitute TV reports had no idea why they were running. The presstitutes created the impression that they were running away from the truck.

However, as the interviews show, they were running because other people were running, because the police told them “terrorists, run,” and because they heard shots (apparently police firing blanks). Those interviewed reported;


“You run with them even though you have no idea what you are running from. You can’t help it, you run with them.”

None of those running away ever saw a truck.

According to the foul-mouthed narrator, the film of the people running away was taken prior to the time the truck allegedly mowed down 185 people, killing 85 of them.

The narrator appears to be correct if the time stamps on videos are correct. The narrator says the streets needed to be cleared for the crisis actors to put on their show that is used to control our minds about what happened.

I have pointed out that a truck that hit 185 people, killing 85 of them would be covered in blood and that bodies would be splattered all over the street with blood everywhere. Yet, the photos and videos that we are shown show no such evidence. The stopped truck on which police are directing gunfire is as white as snow.

Independently of the vast analysis online of the video evidence of the alleged “Nice attack,” I suspect the Nice “terror attack” for the same reason that the Pentagon attack is suspect.

Despite all the contrary evidence against the official stories, the authorities refuse to release the video evidence that, if it shows what the authorities claim, would shut up the skeptics and prove the official story.

When a government claims it has video evidence that proves its official story but refuses to release it, indeed, demands the destruction of the video evidence, we know for an absolute fact that the video evidence totally contradicts the official story. That is the only possible conclusion.

My readers will write to me asking how the government expects to get away with its faked, and in the case of 9/11 false flag, terror orchestrations?



The answer, perhaps, is that just as it took a long time for the JFK assassination and 9/11 lies to catch up with the government, the recent orchestrations will also take some time for a slowly awakening public to catch on.

In the meantime the orchestrated events will serve the agendas that they are intended to serve, and by the time that the public sees through the orchestrations, a new situation will be in place with new orchestrations.

Keep in mind that the public thinks it is shown evidence.

Newspapers need photos to give a visual dimension to their coverage, and TV needs videos of the events. News organizations are under a time pressure, and they have to use what they are handed or what is at hand. There is no time to scrutinize the visual material or to raise questions about it.

Most of the public thinks that the photos and videos shown to them are evidence or would not be shown and accepts the visual evidence without question. In an earlier column I linked to the vast array of Nice photos provided in the UK Daily Mail. The photos show a calm situation.



There are a few people lying in the street without any sign of bodily damage or blood and there are covered objects that the public assumes are dead people. But the streets are devoid of the splattered blood and mangled bodies that would be the consequence of a truck hitting 185 people.

Similarly, we have been shown very few videos and their origin is unknown except for the one attributed to Richard Gutjahr who was apparently pre-positioned to film inconclusively both the Nice and German “terror attacks.”

Online analysis of the videos shows that the videos are not evidence for the storyline. The real question is why the French Interior Minister has prevented the release and demanded destruction of the security camera videos that filmed the entire event, an order that brought the central government in Paris in conflict with the public authorities in Nice.

There has been no US media interest whatsoever in this very strange event. It is not a “conspiracy theory” to ask why the public cannot see the video evidence that shows what actually happened.

Related: France’s Minister of the Interior Is Withholding All Security Camera Evidence of the Nice Truck Massacre and Demands that the Evidence be Destroyed



Related: Weapon Used in November 13 Paris Attacks Came From CIA-linked Arms Dealer

What agenda is served by the Paris and Nice attacks? This is the question everyone should be asking and the media, if we had one, should be investigating. With the information currently available to me, my answer is this. Of all the peoples of Western Europe, the French are the most independently minded. French independence has taken a number of recent hits from Washington:

The largest French bank was forced to hand over $9 billion to Washington for doing business with a country on Washington’s disapproval list.

Washington forced France to cancel a lucrative ship-building program for Russia, to the detriment of French companies and shipyard workers.

Related: France Moves To Strip Citizens Of Civil Liberties After Paris Attacks

Washington has forced France into a diplomatic conflict with Russia that the French do not want and into a looming military conflict which the French want even less, as the conflict would mean the vaporization of France. As one Russian SS-18 can wipe out three-fourths of the state of New York, how many do you think it would take to wipe France off of the face of the Earth? Not even a handful.

Keep in mind that in 1966 President Charles de Gaulle pulled France out of NATO on the grounds that it was necessary to preserve French independence in world affairs. France did not again submit to Washington’s control until 2009 when Washington-owned Nicolas Sarkozy, put into the French presidency by Washington’s money, followed his orders and rejoined NATO.

The Paris and Nice orchestrated events serve to scare France back into Washington’s arms. Dreams of independence become nightmares when independence leaves the French people at the mercy of both terrorists and Russians. Washington, who owns Sarkozy, who is once again Washington’s candidate for president of France, intends to keep France in NATO.

The article in Europhysics pointing out the impossibility of the official 9/11 story could possibly lead to a rebirth of skepticism among Europeans. Only a skeptical media willing to investigate government storylines can bring a halt to the staged terror events that serve secret agendas.

Keep in mind that the US government has plentiful video evidence of the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon but refuses to release the evidence that it says support its story.

Similarly, the French federal government has prohibited Nice authorities from releasing the security camera videos of the Nice truck attack and has ordered the video evidence destroyed. How can we believe governments that refuse to show us the hard evidence?

Related: A Brief 100 Year History Of 9/11 And The Jekyll Island Banks



A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing

If any of my readers are still brainwashed about 9/11, they need to attend this conference. Tickets are still available.





A 2-Day Symposium | Sept. 10-11, 2016 | Cooper Union New York City

Fifteen years after the events of 9/11, wars and cultural conflicts caused by the U.S. response and questionable alliances continue to create global tensions. Furthermore, questions of how the attacks took place continue to surface. For these reasons, a historic event highlighting the blatant discrepancies of the official narrative will be held to critique science-based evidence of the most consequential event of our time.

A stellar lineup of credentialed experts will also review new evidence of a cover up such as is revealed in the declassification of the 28 pages, and raise the bar – literally, with an unprecedented level of legal analysis.  As you’ll see, this event has an international component, since 9/11 was such a world-changing event.  Full details and tickets are at www.911justiceinfocus.org.

The Day 1 Program will feature:

Keynote address by renowned public interest attorney, Daniel Sheehan, who litigated the Pentagon Papers case, the Karen Silkwood case, Iran/Contra scandal, and Three Mile Island.

Keynote address by Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, head of the Supreme Court of Italy, with experience prosecuting conspiratorial crimes, notably Operation Gladio.

Richard Gage, AIA, founder of Architects & Engineers For 9/11 Truth, which currently has over 2,600 professionals from the building trades as signatories
.
Professor Leroy Hulsey, from the University of Alaska, who is conducting a unique, unbiased, independent modeling of the collapse of WTC 7.

Unique analysis of ISIS, the latest on the secret 28 pages and related legislation which has begun to reveal the official deceptions and questionable geopolitical alliances to the widest audience ever reached in this 15-year effort.

The 9/11 Truth Action Project – the next level of national organizing
.

Speakers include:

Government whistleblowers – Wayne Madsen, former NSA analyst, and J. Michael Springmann, former State Department foreign services officer.  

TV news personality, media critic, and attorney known as “Lionel.”

Bob McIlvaine, 9/11 family member.

Dylan Avery, creator of the globally renown 9/11 documentary “Loose Change.”

Master of Ceremony will be Mark Crispin Miller, professor of Media, Culture and Communication at New York University.

For the Day 2 Program there will be a sequence of legal presentations analyzing key strategies and many yet-unaddressed evidentiary issues. These include:

Presentation of Legal Standards and Key Evidence.

9/11 Related Litigation to Date.

Pending and Planned FOIA Requests, Appeals, and Litigation.
    
Future U.S. Litigation Options.

Potential for an International Investigation.


Speakers include:

Public interest attorney , Daniel Sheehan.

Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, Honorary President of the Supreme Court of Italy.

Mick Harrison, whistleblower litigation expert.

William Veale and Mustapha Ndanusa, attorneys for April Gallop, Pentagon survivor.

David Meiswinkle, New Jersey litigator and former police officer.

Barbara Honegger, State Department whistleblower, author of “October Surprise.”

Andrew Kreig, journalist and attorney.

Engineers – David Chandler, Jonathan Cole, Tony Szamboti.

Architect – Richard Gage, AIA.

Master of Ceremony will be Dr. William Pepper, international civil rights attorney, litigator for the family of Martin Luther King, and author of “Act of State”.

Why should you attend this powerful event? Since justice and rule of law is the foundation of any civilized society, the commitment to face all the facts of 9/11 will empower us as a culture to move forward and re-establish our position of trust and integrity in the world. In so many ways, our future depends on it. Make plans today.

Sept. 10 & 11, 2015 | 10am – 6:30pm | Cooper Union, 
7 East 7th Street, Manhattan
(7th St. and 3rd Avenue)

For more details and tickets: www.911justiceinfocus.org


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories
September 2 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Do you smirk when you hear someone question the official stories of Orlando, San Bernardino, Paris or Nice? Do you feel superior to 2,500 architects and engineers, to firefighters, commercial and military pilots, physicists and chemists, and former high government officials who have raised doubts about 9/11?



If so, you reflect the profile of a mind-controlled CIA stooge.

The term “conspiracy theory” was invented and put into public discourse by the CIA in 1964 in order to discredit the many skeptics who challenged the Warren Commission’s conclusion that President John F. Kennedy was assassinated by a lone gunman named Lee Harvey Oswald, who himself was assassinated while in police custody before he could be questioned.

The CIA used its friends in the media to launch a campaign to make suspicion of the Warren Commission report a target of ridicule and hostility. This campaign was “one of the most successful propaganda initiatives of all time.”

So writes political science professor Lance deHaven-Smith, who in his peer-reviewed book, Conspiracy Theory in America, published by the University of Texas Press, tells the story of how the CIA succeeded in creating in the public mind reflexive, automatic, stigmatization of those who challenge government explanations.

This is an extremely important and readable book, one of those rare books with the power to break you out of The Matrix.

Professor deHaven-Smith is able to write this book because the original CIA Dispatch #1035-960, which sets out the CIA plot, was obtained through a Freedom of Information Act request. Apparently, the bureaucracy did not regard a document this old as being of any importance.

The document is marked “Destroy when no longer needed,” but somehow wasn’t. CIA Dispatch #1035-960 is reproduced in the book.

The success that the CIA has had in stigmatizing skepticism of government explanations has made it difficult to investigate State Crimes Against Democracy (SCAD) such as 9/11.

With the public mind programmed to ridicule “conspiracy kooks,” even in the case of suspicious events such as 9/11 the government can destroy evidence, ignore prescribed procedures, delay an investigation, and then form a political committee to put its imprimatur on the official story.

Professor deHaven-Smith notes that in such events as Kennedy’s assassination and 9/11 official police and prosecutorial investigations are never employed. The event is handed off to a political commission.

Professor deHaven-Smith’s book supports what I have told my readers: the government controls the story from the beginning by having the official explanation ready the moment a SCAD occurs. This makes any other explanation a “conspiracy theory.” This is the way Professor deHaven-Smith puts it:


“A SCAD approach to memes assumes further that the CIA and other possibly participating agencies are formulating memes well in advance of operations, and therefore SCAD memes appear and are popularized very quickly before any competing concepts are on the scene.”

The CIA’s success in controlling public perception of what our Founding Fathers would have regarded as suspicious events involving the government enables those in power positions within government to orchestrate events that serve hidden agendas.

The events of September 11 created the new paradigm of endless war in behalf of a Washington-dominated world. The CIA’s success in controlling public perceptions has made it impossible to investigate elite political crimes. Consequently, it is now possible for treason to be official US government policy.

Professor deHaven-Smith’s book will tell you the story of the assassination of President Kennedy by elements of the US military, CIA, and Secret Service. Just as the Warren Commission covered up the State Crime Against Democracy, Professor deHaven-Smith shows why we should doubt the official 9/11 story. And anything else that the government tells us.

Read this book. It is short. It is affordable. It is reality preparation. It will innoculate you against being a dumbshit, insouciant, brainwashed American. I am surprised that the CIA has not purchased the entire print run and burned the books.

Perhaps the CIA feels secure from its success in brainwashing the public and does not believe that American democracy and accountable government can be restored.


The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented by the CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief of Official Government Stories

Ron Unz reports on the cold shoulder given to an extensively researched book that concludes that World War II hero General George Patton was murdered by the CIA because he became a powerful critic of Washington.

The book was ignored because the US media and public have been programmed to regard the US government as a truth-teller and those who expose government crimes as “conspiracy theorists.”

In 2013 Professor Lance Dehaven-Smith in a peer-reviewed book published by the University of Texas Press showed that the term “conspiracy theory” was developed by the CIA as a means of undercutting critics of the Warren Commission’s report that President Kennedy was killed by Oswald. The use of this term was heavily promoted in the media by the CIA.

See: Conspiracy Theory in America (Discovering America)

It is ironic that the American left is a major enforcer of the CIA’s strategy to shut up skeptics by branding them conspiracy theorists.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Truth Of ISIS Exposed In Four Minutes + Leaders On Both Sides Have Already Exposed The Truth - Where Is The Mainstream Media On This?
August 24 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / AustralianNationalReview / Geopolitics / Various

They never attack Israel. The evidence that ISIS is a Zionist creation of the cabal that runs the US (and the Western allies) and Israel (using radical Islam as a scapegoat) is overwhelming - And here's a data dump.



British Labor Leader Corbyn: “ISIS Created by UK and US”: British Labor leader Jeremy Corbyn has risked sparking fresh controversy after blaming the rise of ISIS on Britain and the United States.

Related: Tracking ISIS to DC’s Doorsteps

The veteran anti-war campaigner said ISIS hadn’t “come from nowhere” and was partly “a creation of Western interventions in the region.


The Truth Of ISIS Exposed In Four Minutes





Related: British government IPs found linked to ISIS Twitter accounts

Corbyn, 66, said attacking the fanatical group would only make things worse and instead claimed Britain would be safer it if declared that it supported the “diversity of faith and diversity of aspirations around the world.”

Corbyn was roundly condemned on for refusing to sing the national anthem at a memorial to Battle of Britain heroes. The veteran socialist, speaking to the obscure website ‘Middle East Eye,’ said Labor needed to stick to its ‘principles’ and vowed to stay on as Labor leader for the next five years.

But he risks a major rebellion over a proposed vote on extending the military action against ISIS into Syria.

In 2013 Cameron was left humiliated after MPs – including Corbyn – rejected airstrikes. Speaking in 2015, Corbyn said he would not change his position.

Corbyn said:


"ISIS did not come from nowhere. They have got a lot of money that’s come from somewhere. They’ve got a huge supply of arms that have come from somewhere. They are – not in total, but in part – a creation of Western interventions in the region.

What I would do is try to economically isolate them. And also try to unite the other groups in the region by supporting autonomy for the Kurdish groups and recognize the vast amount of arms that we have sold – particularly to Saudi Arabia – end up somewhere and those are now being used.

Bombing by the West in Syria now would create more mayhem. It’s very unclear who the alliances would be with and it would make the situation worse. I opposed the bombing of Syria in that historic 2013 vote and would continue that position."

Despite his position Corbyn insisted he would keep Britain safe. He said:


"We make ourselves safer by not being part of US foreign policy at every single turn. We make ourselves safer by saying we understand the diversity of faith and diversity of aspirations around the world. And also by becoming a force for human rights rather than military interventions around the world. I think that would make us safer.”

Corbyn has previously sparked fury by comparing ISIS brutality to US military action in Iraq; Daily Mail reported.

Related: Israeli Colonel Caught with IS Pants Down




ISIS Leader Admits to Being Funded by the US

In early 2015, Yousaf al Salafi, a man believed to be the Pakistani commander of the Islamic State, confessed during investigations that he has been receiving money through the United States.



"Captured" US military hardware

A few months after al Salafi revealed the funding he was receiving was routed through the United States, Michael Flynn, former director of Obama’s Defence Intelligence Agency, said he warned the Obama administration three years ago that the groups they were funding in Syria were actually Islamic jihadists.

Related: Guess Who is Behind the Islamic State: Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq

Now, a group of 50 intelligence analysts working out of the U.S. military’s Central Command have complained that their reports on Islamic State and the Syrian branch of Al-Qaeda were being incorrectly changed by senior officials.

On January 22, law enforcing agencies in Pakistan claimed they arrested not only al Salafi, but also two other people during a raid in the city of Lahore. A source familiar with the investigation told Daily Express that during the investigation al Salafi admitted he received funding to run the organisation in Pakistan and “recruit young people to fight in Syria.”

The Pakistani-Syrian entered Pakistan via Turkey last year, but it was previously reported that he crossed into Turkey from Syria, was caught there but managed to escape and went to Pakistan to establish ISIS in the region.

Daily Express cited sources as saying that John Kerry, the U.S. Secretary of State was familiar with al Salafi’s revelations and so was CENTCOM chief General Lloyd Austin. Al Salafi confessed he was recruiting people with a Pakistani accomplice to send them to Syria and was receiving around US$600 per person.


ISIS was created by the CIA and Mossad




A recently declassified 2012 document shows that “Salafist, the Muslim Brotherhood and AQI [Al-Qaeda in Iraq]” were listed as the “major forces driving the insurgency in Syria.” The document also revealed that “the West, Gulf countries and Turkey support the opposition while Russia, China and Iran support the regime.”

According to the declassified document, the Obama administration was warned in 2012 that these Islamic jihadists wanted to create a:


"Salafist principality in eastern Syria” and that ISI [Islamic State of Iraq] could declare an Islamic State through its union with other terrorist organizations in Iraq and Syria, which will create grave danger in regards to unifying Iraq and the protection of its territory.”

Now, over 50 intelligence analysts have formally claimed their reports on Islamic State and al-Qaeda’s branch in Syria were altered by senior officials, The Daily Beast reported. An investigation into the alleged manipulation of intelligence has been opened.



More "Captured" US military hardware

A couple of months ago, two senior analysts at CENTCOM claimed in a written complaint to the Defence Department inspector general that the reports described the terror groups as weaker than they believe they are.

The reports, some of which were briefed to the U.S. president, were altered by CENTCOM senior officials to make sure it adheres to the presidential administration’s public line that the United States is winning the fight against Islamic State and an al-Qaeda branch in Syria named al-Nusra, the analysts told the publication. The written complaint was supported by 50 other intelligence analysts.

In recent months, members of the Obama administration have tried to convince the population that the fight against ISIS may soon be over. “ISIS is losing,” John Allen, retired Marine general charged with coordinating the Islamic State campaign said in July.

Related: Reality Check: Proof U.S. Government Wanted ISIS To Emerge In Syria




We Fabricated ISIS – CIA Contractor

Former CIA contractor Steven Kelley has said on record that ISIS/ISIL are a fabricated terrorist group made and funded by the CIA in the United States.



According to the video description: “This is a completely fabricated enemy,” he said in a phone interview with Press TV from Anaheim, California on Thursday.

Related: Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (ISIS) that Obama Does Not Want You to Know About


"The funding is completely from the United States and its allies and for people to think that this enemy is something that needs to be attacked in Syria or Iraq is a farce because obviously this is something that we created, we control and only now it has become inconvenient for us to attack this group as a legitimate enemy,”
Kelley added.

He made the remarks as US President Barack Obama is under pressure to seek congressional approval before expanding Washington’s military air campaign against ISIL targets from Iraq into neighboring Syria.

The Pentagon has already launched at least 100 airstrikes on ISIL positions in northern Iraq since Obama authorized the use of force against the terrorist group earlier this month.

The White House insists it does not need explicit congressional authorization for those operations because they are intended to protect American personnel and interests inside the Arab country.

White House press secretary Josh Earnest said Monday that Obama “will not hesitate to use his authority” to keep Americans safe, but added that the president was “committed to coordinating and consulting with Congress” on a decision to hit ISIL targets in Syria.


“If you want to get to the root of the problem and remove this organization, the first thing they need to do is to remove the funding and take care of entities responsible for the creation of this group,”
Kelley said.

“I believe that this ISIS group would probably go away, would be easily defeated by the armies of [Syrian President] Bashar Assad,” he said.



ISIS fabricated by US!: Former CIA contractor



Related: Delivery of US Weapons and Ammunition to ISIS: Iraqi Commander Wiretaps ISIS Communications with US Military


‘Everything the West has done was to create ISIS’ - John Pilger





Related Articles:

Shock Report: Pentagon Defies Obama’s Policy of Arming ISIS Jihadists

‘Everything the West has done was to create ISIS’ – John Pilger

Breaking Bullcrap - Episode 1: ISIS Islamic State Worldwide Deception Exposed

Rouhani calls on Muslims to ‘correct image of Islam’ worldwide

Bombshell! Norway Confirms ISIS Oil Sold into Turkey at Low Prices

Why is a Hate Campaign being Waged against Muslims?

Israel is the Main Purchaser of ISIS Oil

ISIS vows to destroy New Zealand and other enemies in new propaganda video

How Turkey Exports ISIS Oil To The World: The Scientific Evidence

“Humanitarian Supplies” for the Islamic State (ISIS): NATO’s Terror Convoys Halted at Syrian Border

The Unexpected Explanation How "That Ford Truck" Ended Up In ISIS Hands

Israeli military showcases 3-year-long medical support operations for Islamic State terrorists

Saving their sworn enemy: Heartstopping footage shows Israeli commandos rescuing wounded men from Syrian warzone - but WHY are they risking their lives for Islamic militants?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Boy In The Ambulance: US State Dept-Funded Groups Behind Latest 'Iconic Image' Designed To Demonize Russia And Encourage Further Bloodshed In Syria
August 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Washington’s media presstitutes are using the image of the child to bring pressure on Russia to stop the Syrian army from retaking Alleppo.




Washington wants its so-called moderate rebels to retain Alleppo so that Washington can split Syria in two, thereby keeping a permanent pressure against President Assad. [See CNN propaganda here]

Related: The Aleppo Poster Child


As for the little boy in the propaganda picture, he does not seem to be badly injured. Let us not forget the tens of thousands of children that Washington’s wars and bombings of 7 Muslim countries have killed without any tears shed by CNN anchors, and let us not forget the 500,000 Iraqi children that the United Nations concluded died as a result of US sanctions against Iraq, children’s deaths that Clinton’s Secretary of State Madeleine Albright said were worth it.





Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Let us not forget that Washington’s determination to overthrow the Syrian government has brought many deaths to Syrians of all age groups. Washington alone is responsible for the deaths.

The evil Obama regime has stated over and over that “Assad must go” and is prepared to destroy the country and much of the population in order to get rid of him.

According to the Obama regime, Assad must go because he is a dictator.

Washington tells this lie despite the fact that Assad was elected and re-elected and has far higher support among Syrians that Obama has among Americans.

Moreover, whatever Washington accuses Assad of doing to Syrians is nothing compared to the death and destruction that Washington brought to Syria.

Perhaps the tragedy of Aleppo could have been avoided if the Russian government had not prematurely declared “mission accomplished” in Syria and withdrawn only to have to rush back after the Russian government was again deceived by Washington.


Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World





Related: Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Banker John Key’s Corporate Repackaging Of War
August 15 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei

With the upcoming ‘celebrations’ around the 2016 NZ DIA (NZ Defense Industry Association) Forum being held in Auckland on 16 - 17 November in conjunction with the RNZN 75th Anniversary celebrations, Operation Neptune, I took a peek at their website. 



You can reserve your sponsorship spot with cocktails and trimmings for just $10,000.

Related: NZ Defence Force To Get $20bn Upgrade + More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration

This is an issue which has been raised on numerous occasions with progressive organizations and WSF activists: you cannot effectively confront neoliberalism and the New World Order elites and expect them to finance your activities.




“The NZ DIA was formed in 1993, as an industry development initiative. Its major emphasis today is on networking, and encouraging the membership to work together on developing joint approaches to defence projects in NZ and overseas”  

Right there in the DIA’s mission statement is the strategic use of  the word ‘defence’. The corporate bankers have need of war, it’s an integral part of the Rothschild banking empire, however, in order to not be too obvious, they need to sanitize it with ‘nicer’ words.

Profiteering from war is no conspiracy but documented fact.

Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars



Cheney’s Halliburton made $39.5 billion on the Iraq war. My elderly father who fought in one of the World Wars and was fortunate enough to return alive, had worked out that fact later in life… that “wars would never end because wars make money”. His oldest brother, a machine gunner, so deeply affected, he wept whenever he talked about war.

So, there on the DIA’s website is the standard tribute of poppies to these brave men who served as basically cannon fodder for the war machine, a machine peopled by those who never spent one minute in trenches and never experienced the terror of combat.

Remember Mrs Rothschild’s infamous words… “if my sons did not want war there would be none”.

Returning to the planned forum for November this year, Key’s corporation parading as a government (NZ is a US SEC registered corporation) put out a White Paper that was compiled we are told from the public’s and the academic community’s views, involving over 300 written submissions and meetings around the country. (See White Paper info here also).



Related: New Zealand’s Homegrown Military-Industrial Complex

I don’t particularly recall the road show, perhaps other readers do. Note the Ministry of Defence administers the Defence Act 1990, the era shortly after our nation became corporatized… courtesy of Rogernomics.

Corporations
are about profits. We are told in the White Paper that “… terrorism remains an enduring global problem”.

Those who do their own research will know that the so called war on terror has been effectively drummed up since the very dodgy 9/11 attack that looked extremely like a controlled demolition.





And the current threat to security, ISIS, has equally dodgy origins (watch Truth Media: the Origin of ISIS for more info on that).

The war industry is ticking along quite nicely in Aotearoa with banker Key at the helm, and synchronising equally as nicely with his growing partnership with the US.


"The Government”
[corporation] says Key, “has provided the Defence Force with a degree of funding certainty [$20 billion] that enables it to plan with confidence out to 2030 and beyond.”
[Agenda 2030see also Agenda 21/2030 in NZ]  Download the White Paper and see what Key and Brownlee are spending your $20 billion on.

Remember how ‘well’ they’ve managed the Christchurch disaster that they refer to in there. It’s an integral part of defence.



The ‘interdependence’ of planned global governance under Agenda 21/2030, already operative in both your Government and your Local Government

What I find particularly distasteful about this whole affair is the spin. One of my favourite investigative journalists John Pilger, describes their convoluted rhetoric so well in his essay, ‘Arming the World’ (in his book “Hidden Agendas” p 115). Describing the weapons (defence) industry he says:



Refined absurdity is always close at hand in the arms business. It squeezes into bed with secrecy, corruption and stupendous greed”.

Asking what a British cluster bomb does (gleaming under “soft backlight, like the latest showroom Jaguar”) he is told they need his request in writing for MOD approval as the information is ‘classified’, the reason for which is also ‘classified’.  

The cluster bomb, Pilger explains:


“Is not really a bomb at all, but an ‘area denial sub-munition’, a land mine in all but name. It is dropped from the air and explodes into forty-seven little mines, which are shaped like spiders."



These are scattered over a wide area and ‘deny’ life to anything that moves or grows.’ They’ve been found says Pilger, in Bosnia and Croatia where between two and four million mines threaten to main and kill long after the war ends.

These salesmen he says, have great difficulty saying words like ‘people’, ‘maim’ and ‘kill’. Describing a cluster bomb’s ‘effectiveness’ he cites the little girl who in a Vietnam village lost her family…


“My mother and father were lying there covered in blood, and my sister… had pieces of metal in her, and so did her doll’.


The corporates know it is wrong, trading in weapons (they’re not averse to supplying both sides), this is why they have difficulty with these words.

There is enough of old fashioned conscience there for them to need to cover their wording well, however not enough to stop the killing by curtailing their obscene greed.

They are therefore very adept at reframing and repackaging. And so the weapons trade becomes the defence trade.

Now if you have any doubt still about the money involved here, check out the these two exmples of sponsorhip pages for the upcoming conference. Corporate sponsorship of cocktails and food depending on your budget:





However,  if you’re a bit strapped for cash, there’s always the $5,000 slot… minus cocktails and food.




A list of members of the NZ DIA can be seen here. You will see Fulton Hogan (that company that liberally sprays your streets and public places with carcinogenic glyphosate) along with Lockheed Martin and others. All proudly members of the Defence / Industry partnership.

And to put the proverbial icing on the cake, there are even awards for improvement to defence industry relationships.


The Award will identify the Defence person or persons who have best contributed to building or improving the Defence / Industry relationship.

The aim of the Award is to publicly recognise good performance in this area and provide the opportunity for the NZ DIA and Defence to promote constructive and collegial relationships between Defence and Industry."

Your PM Key continues to tax himself and friends at 2.8%, continues to profit from your country’s indebtedness and the so called global war on terrorism, and is intent on the TPPA agreement which will give both he and his corporate friends even more control. Let’s face it, he is likely not too interested in changing any of the current status quo.

Related: Banker Key is Quietly Oiling the US War Machine

Related: UK Minister Holds Top-Level Defence Talks In Wellington + John Key Called Out


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Trump Is Right: Proof Hillary & Obama Founded ISIS & Obama Admits ‘We’re Training ISIL’ + Hillary’s Medical Records Revealed -This Is What She’s Hiding
August 14 2016 | From: Infowars / Infowars / JoeForAmerica / Various

Hillary even admitted U.S. created al-Qaeda, the precursor of ISIS.




Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama are founding members of ISIS by bankrolling, arming and supporting jihadists in Syria and Libya to both destabilize the Middle East and expand the domestic police state.


Related: 2012 Pentagon report warned Obama was creating ISIS

Clinton even even admitted in 2009 that the U.S. government – staffed with many of her closest allies – was responsible for al-Qaeda, which morphed into ISIS.

“I mean, let’s remember here: The people we are fighting today we funded 20 years ago, and we did it because we were locked in this struggle with the Soviet Union,” she said.

Clinton continued:


“They invaded Afghanistan, and we did not want to see them control central Asia, and we went to work, and it was President Reagan, in partnership with the Congress, led by Democrats, who said, “You know what? Sounds like a pretty good idea!

Let’s deal with the ISI and the Pakistani military, and let’s go recruit these Mujahedin! That’s great! Let’s get some to come from Saudi Arabia and other places, importing their Wahhabi brand of Islam, so that we can go beat the Soviet Union!

And guess what? They retreated, they lost billions of dollars, and it led to the collapse of the Soviet Union. So there’s a very strong argument, which is: It wasn’t a bad investment to end the Soviet Union, but let’s be careful what we sow, because we will harvest.”





She’s right: al-Qaeda was created by Western intelligence and has always been under the influence of the West, starting with al-Qaeda’s precursor, the Mujahideen of Afghanistan.

In 1979 the Mujahideen was America’s secret weapon in Operation Cyclone, the CIA project to arm and finance Jihadi warriors in a proxy war against the USSR.





It was geopolitical strategist and Clinton ally Zbigniew Brzezinski, then National Security Advisor under President Jimmy Carter, who used the Mujahideen to draw the Soviet Union into an unwinnable war in Afghanistan.





To aid in this endeavor, U.S. intelligence picked a mujaheddin fighter named Osama bin Laden to lead the Afghan resistance against the USSR and gave him the codename “Tim Osman.”





He was chosen primary because his wealthy family was connected to the Bush family as a long-term business partner in the West.






The CIA also paid Osama to operate a “charity” front called the Maktab al-Khidamat (also known as the as Al-Kifah) which funneled recruits and money to the Mujahideen, and the US government later said MAK was the “precursor organization to al-Qaeda.”





And a few decades later, in 2012, Clinton’s State Dept. was backing al-Qaeda in Iraq, which morphed into ISIS, and other Islamic extremist groups as a proxy army to topple Syrian President Bashir al-Assad, a close ally to Russia and an enemy to Saudi Arabia, an Obama administration ally.

“The Salafist [sic], the Muslim Brotherhood and AQI [al-Qaeda in Iraq] are the major forces driving the insurgency in Syria,” a leaked memo between her State Dept. and the Pentagon stated. “The West, Gulf countries, and Turkey support [this] opposition, while Russia, China and Iran ‘support the [Assad] regime.’”



This secret document confirms that Clinton’s State Dept. – and the Obama administration in general – was directly responsible for the rise of ISIS.

The former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency, Lieutenant General Michael Flynn, confirmed the document’s importance.



Former DIA Director Admits Obama Created ISIS:


“I don’t know that [the Obama administration] turned a blind eye [to ISIS], I think it was a decision; I think it was a willful decision,”
he said.




The document likely stemmed from a discussion during the 2012 Bilderberg conference held in Chantilly, Virginia, in which participants envisioned a Syrian puppet government taking orders from the U.S. State Department, the European Union and NATO.

A couple years later, in 2014 a $1.1 trillion federal spending bill rammed through Congress provided a half-billion dollars to arm and train ISIS-linked Syrian rebels.

The spending bill authorized the Secretary of Defense $500,000,000 to equip “appropriately vetted elements of the Syrian opposition” who will defend “the Syrian people from attacks by the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant,” but a few months before, ISIS signed a truce with the remaining rebel groups and they began working together against the Syrian government.

That, however, didn’t stop Obama; on Oct. 1, 2015, he authorized a shipment of guns to ISIS-linked militants in Syria.


“The approval came at a National Security Council meeting on Thursday,” CNN reported at the time. “…The President also emphasized to his team that the U.S. would continue to support the Syrian opposition as Russia enters the war-torn country.”

Once again, it should be emphasized that the so-called “Syrian rebels” were either ISIS militants or allied with ISIS.


“We are collaborating with the Islamic State and the Nusra Front by attacking the Syrian Army’s gatherings in… Qalamoun [in Syria],” Bassel Idriss, the commander of a Free Syrian Army rebel brigade, told the Lebanese Daily Star in 2014. “ISIS wanted to enhance its presence in the Western Qalamoun area.”

“After the fall of Yabroud and the FSA’s retreat into the hills, many units pledged allegiance to ISIS.”

Another rebel, Abu Ahmed, also said his unit was willing to collaborate with ISIS and its affiliates.


“Fighters feel proud to join al-Nusra [an ISIS affiliate] because that means power and influence,”
he told the Guardian.

In fact, at least 29 different Syrian rebel groups had pledged allegiance to the al-Nusra Front.

Clinton even admitted to BBC that these Syrian “rebels” serving the administration’s interests in Syria are terrorists.


“We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition in Syria,”
she said.

But that didn’t stop the Obama administration from saving ISIS militants from U.S. airstrikes by giving them a 45-minute warning prior to an airstrike on their oil tankers.


“Get out of your trucks now, and run away from them. Warning: air strikes are coming. Oil trucks will be destroyed. Get away from your oil trucks immediately. Do not risk your life,”
the warning leaflets given to ISIS read.

U.S. military pilots also confirmed they were ordered not to drop 75% of their ordnance on ISIS targets because they couldn’t get clearance from their superiors – which is exactly the kind of order the Obama administration would give to protect ISIS.


“We can’t get clearance even when we have a clear target in front of us,” said House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman Ed Royce (R-Calif.)



One of the reasons why the Obama administration sponsored and protected ISIS was because Assad stood in the way of a critical natural gas pipeline that would have deposed Russia as Europe’s primary source of energy.


“Syria is the site of the proposed construction of a massive underground gas pipeline that, if completed, could drastically undercut the strategic energy power of U.S. ally Qatar and also would cut Turkey out of the pipeline flow,”
Aaron Klein of WND reported. “Dubbed the ‘Islamic pipeline,’ the project may ultimately favor Russia and Iran against Western energy interests.”

In other words, ISIS is a tool used to geopolitically isolate Russia, which under Putin has deflected attempts by the global elite to bring the country under their control – disconnected from the will of the people.

Additionally, due to the centuries-old conflict between Sunni and Shia Muslims, Sunni-dominated Saudi Arabia, a close Obama ally, wants Assad’s Shia government out of power.

There’s also trillions of dollars in potential oil and gas revenue in Syria that Saudi Arabia could tap into if a Western puppet is placed into power in Syria.

Donald Trump is spot-on: Clinton and Obama have aided and abetted ISIS to achieve their geopolitical objectives shared by their close allies and their predecessors who also created the precursors of ISIS.

Related: Trump Doubles Down On “Obama Is The Founder Of ISIS” Comment




Flashback: Obama Admits ‘We’re Training ISIL’

"We’re speeding up training of ISIL forces"

Donald Trump is taking heat for claiming President Obama and Hillary Clinton are the co-founders of ISIS, but in a speech from July 2015 the president admitted to supporting the terror group.


“As I’ve said before, this aspect of our strategy was moving too slowly. But the fall of Ramadi has galvanized the Iraqi government. So, with the additional steps I ordered last month, we’re speeding up training of ISIL forces, including volunteers from Sunni tribes in Anbar Province.”

- Barack Obama




The White House later changed its transcript of the speech online putting the word “Iraqi” in brackets after the word ISIL, correcting Obama’s mistake.




Hillary’s Medical Records Revealed -This Is What She’s Hiding

No one is promised tomorrow, anything could take place to bring your life to an end. Some people like Hillary run out of time sooner than others, she has debilitating problems that have just been revealed to the media.



When you’re in the public image there is no secret you can keep, and we all know Hillary has tried to live a double life. Who does she think she is, God?

This small piece of information will have a HUGE impact on whether or not voters will bubble her name in the ballot come this November. When it comes to personal health issues, Hillary has plenty, usually, people want to keep things like this “hush hush”, especially this witch.


This leaked letter from Hillary Clinton's Doctor has casused much concern recently also:



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Man Who Leaked Clinton’s Medical Records Found Dead


She doesn’t have that privilege, though, when she is trying to take on the most important job one can acquire in the United States.

Would you want to vote for someone who can’t do their job correctly because they’re too sick? We need to spread this news around so people have an idea just who they are inviting into the White house…she’s pretty much a walking corpse.






FOX News’ Sean Hannity sets up the photo and the Clinton response:

The picture, which shows Hillary Clinton apparently needing assistance to climb a flight of stairs at a campaign stop back in February was picked up by the Drudge Report, which posted the headline over the weekend, details Hillary Clinton’s history with falls and speculating that the former Secretary of State could be experiencing a serious undisclosed medical condition.

Earlier today we reached out to the Clinton campaign for a statement, and a spokesman told us that the Drudge Report is shameful, and anyone who buys into that medical condition shameful, what is missing is a statement about the health issues.



Dr. Marc Seigel said “the public has a right to know” and speculated on what the issue could be but was more interested in previous spills and a concussion she had in 2012.


“I think the public has a right to know,”
Seigel said. “We’re talking in 2008, Sean, I looked over a thousand pages of John McCain’s records because of a melanoma he had 10 years ago. What about Hillary? In 2009, a severe fall. She breaks her elbow. In 2011, she boards a plane, falls. In 2012 she has a severe concussion which Bill Clinton says took her six months to recover from."

"Then she ends up with a blood-clot in the brain and a lifetime of blood thinners,” Seigel said.

“Just that point alone - if she’s prone to falling, you can see from that picture up there that it looked like she can barely get upstairs without two people carrying her. Guess what if she falls and hits her head? She’ll get a blood-clot.”

“I want to know what her neurological records show,” he added.

“The picture going up the stairs speaks a million words,” Dr. David Samadi said.

“Is she fatigued? Is she dehydrated? One of the main reasons she fell in 2012 and had the concussions was severe dehydration. They’re holding her and going up the stairs. So she may be really dehydrated, she may have arthritis, she may have back pain, she may have fallen again. We don’t know.

There are questions that are unanswered. What we know today is she’s on thyroid medication, she suffers from hypothyroid, low thyroid, that can cause fatigue and gaining weight and all of that.”

Why are we asking a woman who can hardly take care of herself to take care of the entire United States? This makes no sense.

Dr. Seigel went on to say:


”I think a traumatic brain injury with symptoms down the road is very, very likely here especially since she had a blood-clot on her brain. As David mentioned that could lead to a seizure problem. Someone is carrying a [diazepam]pen that you’d use in case of a seizure, a Valium pen, that makes me wonder about that.”

It is hard to pick just one reason Hillary shouldn’t be president but this is close to the top of the list I would say! Watch below to discover more secrets uncovered about Hillary’s health issues.


What is with Hillary's Recent Bizzarre Behaviour?



Related: Wikileaks Releases New Emails Showing Hillary Taking Orders From George Soros


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

13 Important Elements To Look For In Every Staged Shooting Event
August 8 2016 | From: ZenGardner

People who don’t trust government, those who think on their own and tend to question what they hear, by now are all becoming experts at identifying false flag staged events. With so many recent staged psyop events in the news lately many of us are getting a lot of practice at this.




But have you considered that the script has become more complex than you think? Have you considered that you (we) are being fooled in some way as we speak? Have you taken into account that the events happening today are all happening in a post-Jade Helm revelation AI era? Today’s events are happening in a very sophisticated world of unimaginably deep levels of political corruption actively at work and deeply focused on removing all of our rights and freedoms and cementing their new global order.


Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?

This complex and deep reality alone is something many people refuse to face; and without facing this you’ll never be able to peel and dig deeper into the deep state’s structure, mind and mechanisms that are behind these chaotic staged psyop false flag events.

Notice I’m using the terms “false flag” and “staged events” interchangeably because at times it’s difficult to determine which one is actually happening. So it’s fair to say that false flags are types of staged events. We’re all familiar with the different types of events; mass shooting attacks by crazed supposed lone gunmen who are the selected patsies for the event.

We also see shootings where the government conveniently retroactively tells us the shootings are courtesy “ISIS,” “ISIS inspired” or “ISIS related.” In recent events we also saw a focus on the paid-for engineered race war where the selected shooters are looking to shoot ONLY police or only “white” police (Dallas sniper, Baton Rouge shooting).



Conveniently these shootings work great for fanning the flames of race and class tension and division while conveniently boosting the police state and public sympathy for police.

Whatever the type of event, notice we rarely if ever get to see any evidence whatsoever of the actual accused patsy shooter at the scene of the crime. For example, consider that it’s been weeks and still no one has any actual evidence of Omar Mateen physically entering the Pulse night club in Orlando and physically firing and killing people.

Where are these videos? Yet the majority of people have him at the scene because that’s how the story goes, and apparently it’s almost too stressful to believe something no one else is saying. The same could be said of the accused truck driver “terrorist” in Nice, France or the actual sniper (supposed) lone gunman shooter in Dallas, Texas. You get the picture.

This anomaly only scratches the surface on what this article is about. The fact is we are all now getting used to these events, for better or for worse, and there are many elements being shown to us that most of us are not paying attention to.



The events themselves are huge to us only because the mainstream media puts them in our faces 24/7. They are important because the government and their mass media says they are. They (the government and their media) say this because the events are always part of a greater agenda.

The agenda and the event itself are inseparable in a world today where the masses are conditioned into reacting to a presented problem whose solution is later sold to them. This process of “problem, reaction, solution” is undeniable and obvious to all today.

The mechanisms of the script are openly available for all to see; but, as mentioned earlier, have you considered how deep this “staged event” mechanism goes? Hopefully the following 13 elements we’re about to point out will bring more awareness to these additional possibilities, agendas and factors which are quietly hidden in these events but as you will see are actually hidden in plain view.


1: The “Breaking News” trigger phrase

The first thing I want to point out is the whole “breaking news” psyop phrase. Any professional hypnotist will tell you trigger words and phrases are important when it comes to putting someone under your spell, so it shouldn’t surprise us that mainstream media would resort to using key trigger words on the general public.



They would definitely do this because it works. And this is precisely what they do, and “breaking news” is probably as clever and effective a trigger word as there is in America today. It stops you in whatever you are doing and forces you to pay attention to new information that may change your life.

I’m sure that if you monitored someone’s vital signs and visceral response under controlled conditions you will find a direct response to trigger phrases like “breaking news” when used in the right context. Let’s be aware of this trigger phrase which always sets the initial tone with typical staged false flag events.



2: Mainstream media voice tone, speech pattern and neuro-linguistic effect

Subliminal informational submission is accomplished with classic mainstream media “authority” speech patterns and key use of neuro-linguistic terms (as discussed above) that many of us don’t pay attention to. Go watch any segment of mainstream media news and see how they all talk in a certain form.

There is a certain “official” pattern of speech that subliminally tells the audience “this is official and true certified informational.” Here’s a Wikihow page discussing this very topic and notice how news reporters go through a training process to sound official and convincing.



This speech pattern, the use of key words and overall mannerism all contributes to the early hypnotic phase when the initial story is being officially constructed and delivered to the public.

Look for it the next time you are watching mainstream media news. Notice how the pattern of the speech is similar with all news anchors and presenters in all the mainstream media related networks.



3: “Body count” used to psychologically manipulate eventual reaction

Moving on to the events themselves, notice how the Illuminati CIA controlled media especially lately is using the body count to attach political urgency to each shooting. They are implying that if only 1, 2 or 3 people die then it’s a boring maybe not so important shooting, but if 50 die then we need to get all worked up and act more urgently with political interest and legislation to match the body count somehow.

Don’t fall for the “body count” psyop. They are also using the body count psyop to engage you emotionally in their misery and fear as if to imply that a higher body count means this could have been you, which, again, somehow implies that a lower body count is maybe not so likely to have involved you and thus less worthy of your emotional attention.


4: Overly-detailed “eyewitness accounts” containing compelling Hollywood-style human interest elements

We are now seeing staged interviews with poor-acting crisis actors giving us Hollywood-style details of what they experienced during the shooting event. Crisis actor Patience Carter, one of many actors who inexplicably packed out the Pulse night club bathrooms instead of actually leaving the club during the Orlando shooting, dramatically tells of how she was lying on the floor when the gun fight broke one of the water pipes and she thought she was “going to drown.”

This segment of the story is inserted only to draw your human interest and compel you to empathize with her.





We have also seen the famous Gene Rosen interview during Sandy Hook when he tells of 6 children who came to his house speechless, telling him “our teacher is dead” and how he followed up by giving them cookies and crying with them.

Again this segment which was proven a lie with countless inconsistencies, was inserted to add Hollywood-style compelling human interest elements to the story. In the case of Rosen, he ended up getting his own song written after him!


And how about the testimony given by the sobbing 15-year-old Kuwaiti girl, Nayirah, following the Iraq invasion of Kuwait in 1990 when she testified:

"They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators, and left the babies on the cold floor to die."

Notice it wasn’t just the floor it had to be the “cold” floor. All of this is staged propaganda just to compel human emotion, a tactic that worked nicely in this case as it triggered the invasion of Iraq. Let’s not fall for this element of the psyop now being used regularly, and lets be on the lookout for it.


5: Control of the information at the ground level usually assigned to a key actor

With every “event” we are seeing someone at the ground level, usually a head police officer, now claiming that any “information” not confirmed by them should be assumed to be false until they (and only they) say it’s true. We saw just this in the recent Baton Rouge shooting and the Dallas, Texas sniper shooting.

Classically this brings to mind the one and only Lieutenant Paul Vance during Sandy Hook who declared himself the information czar and bearer of truth and reality for the Sandy Hook show.






Again, let’s not fall for the delusion that somehow police has a handle on what is real and verified “truth” surrounding any event as if anyone trusts police. Since the beginning of the modern-day concept of police, police always get their information from the people who were there not the other way around. The police themselves have never been assigned the controllers of information for any crime scene.

So why are we suddenly deferring the details of the event to the police? But it’s not just police, at the Orlando nightclub shooting we saw a team of doctors led by doctor “Michael Cheatham” controlling the information on behalf of hundreds of people who would have been at the hospital.

We didn’t hear from any maintenance person, nurse assistant, nursing student, radiology tech or anyone else at the hospital in Orlando. Notice only Cheatham (and to a lesser extent his short list of fellow doctors who briefly spoke to the media) was assigned to deliver the carefully controlled information.

Let’s realize that information is now entirely controlled and the controllers are now appointing key players at the ground level to control that information. With this control comes the threat of jail for anyone interfering with the official narrative. So in the next event be on the lookout for the ground-level information gatekeeper.


6: Great fluctuations and changes of the narrative in the early phases of the story

We’re all familiar with this next element. We listen to the initial version of the official account only to see the body count or number of shooters change dramatically. This goes on until the “authorities” finally agree on the “official” version of what happened.



The important thing to take notice of is that often we’ll see the death count go from a higher number to a lower number, a clear medical impossibility. Think to yourself, how can a body count go from higher to lower all the time? Shouldn’t it be the other way around?

And it’s not just the body count, the number of shooters (if there are any real shooters at all) always seems to be a problem for the controllers, and in the end the smaller number usually works best once the assassins (if there are truly any) are cleared to leave the scene as we’ve seen so many times.



7: Conflicting components potentially deliberately put out to authenticate the “reality” of the event

This next element is one of the most important and I urge truth seekers to pay close attention. We all saw the mysterious man running through the woods at Sandy Hook wearing camouflage. Yet to this day no one really knows what was his role at Sandy Hook which we now have reason to believe was not an operational school according to research done by Wolfgang Halbig.

So why was this man briefly shown to us on TV in an era where information is so tightly controlled? Did they WANT you to see the man running through the woods just to give the story authenticity? These are the questions we should be asking.



Why were 2 gas masks purposely left on the floor outside the theater at the Aurora Colorado shooting a few years back? Why was even the mainstream media so quick to point out that Omar Mateen had been tracked by FBI and they knew about him? Do you really think that the mainstream media wants you to see that the FBI is incompetent? I discussed this issue in the context of the Orlando shooting before.

Regarding the Orlando night club event, ask yourself, why did CNN and the rest of the mainstream media allow the segment to leak out about someone “holding the door” shut at the Orlando shooting so that no one can get out?

This segment should have shocked everyone. And why would the mass media then interview a man named Luis Burbano who admits on camera that he was the one holding the door? This without question is one of the deep mysteries of the Orlando shooting “event” which everyone by now has forgotten. See image below.




The point is that I firmly believe that elements are now being inserted that have several distinct effects. They serve the purpose of authenticating the story. Even the alternative media quickly concluded that the event was real only it was a “real false flag” narrative as in “we believe the event happened, but it was done by paid government mercenaries or operatives.”

This narrative may be entirely false but the additional segments that give it reality make it more believable. This again serves the purpose of making the event real in one way or another to everyone but in different ways (divide and conquer) so that those calling the entire event fake thus stand alone isolated in their views. Perhaps this is the point, again think in terms of divide and conquer.



8: Obviously fake elements deliberately inserted to subliminally mock truth seeking community

Here’s another element few are paying attention to. At this point I don’t think there’s any doubt that the controllers know that a large segment of humanity has caught on to their staged events. So ask yourself, how would they use this information against us?

How about creating an event with possible real components and then float out the obviously fake crisis actors to essentially mock truth seekers. Again, this is a topic I’ve hit on following the landmark Orlando shooting “event” that needs to be reiterated.



Crisis actor victims were magically transported one block down the road only to stage a walk BACK TOWARD the Pulse night club in front of the CNN cameras.

Why? We should all be asking this very important question. As I said in my previous articles – did they WANT us to see these obvious crisis actors? The goal is no less than to cause confusion and to potentially mock those who are looking for the truth.

How about the crisis actor “eyewitness” posing for the camera at the Dallas, Texas sniper shooting practically wearing the exact same American flag t-shirt as Christopher Hansen, the key crisis actor story teller of the Orlando event? Coincidence? You decide.

We must now become aware of all of these elements to stay on top of the next false flag psyop event.


9: Staged “cell phone footage” to authenticate the story delivered by specific individuals

After doing some research I’m very skeptical of the “cell phone footage” released during the Dallas sniper shooting. Listen to the narrator of the video posted below and notice how he carefully narrates to point out where the shooter is.

Listen to him saying things like “you see him moving around?” and “this guy is evil … sorry, this guy needs to be killed” even though there is no way that he could know this information from the distance he is located.

According to the person who made the video below the narrator even claims to have footage of the actual shooting. Conveniently that footage is missing and the channel he claims to have the video “MK7Wolf” conveniently is “vanished” from YouTube.

Can it be because this video never existed? Calling for the shooter’s death again just seems to add to the authenticity of the story and stirs up emotion. Watch the video for yourself beginning at around 12:40 and see what you think. Either way (multiple shooter false flag or staged event) the video as a whole proves that the official story is a lie.



We saw similar conveniently timed sketchy cell phone footage taken of “the chase” at San Bernardino. Authenticating segments of “the chase” was critical to the official story and the character who filmed the video, I believe, was staged there to capture blurry indistinguishable footage that nonetheless lent authenticity to the story. We saw similar seemingly staged cell phone footage segments at the Paris concert shooting as well.

So in the next psyop event don’t fall so quickly for the ONE cell phone footage segment. Remind yourself that everyone has a cell phone with a camera and we should be seeing massive amounts of cell phone footage of these events from many different angles not just one.


10 Retroactive construction of the final story often takes days or weeks (or longer)

Does everyone know what stage we are in when it comes to the Orlando shooting event? Right now we are in what I will call for the sake of this article the “extended retroactive story construction period.” This is the period of weeks and months following a staged event when the controllers can roll out other events and stories to capture your attention and get your attention away from the story.

During this period they can construct all the evidence they need but, unlike the early moments following the event, they can actually take their time and construct this evidence with more precision and care.

For example, during this period they can construct additional surveillance camera video footage, they can pull out “new” images that show the attacker entering the building, they can pull out “new” documents that support the official story, set up their fake death certificates and much more.

Recall following 9/11, much later on the government released controlled images of the never before seen “plane wreckage” at the Pentagon (see below) which of course on the day of the event there was “not a sign anywhere of any plane having crashed there” to paraphrase Fox news’ own reporter on the scene.



Realize that you (we) are all being played and that with every day that goes by something else is being done to fool you. We know they can’t possibly have all their evidence ready at first and that is why they need time to synthesize their evidence.

This is what is currently happening for all the staged events we’ve witnessed in the recent past (June-July 2016) or so, and I’m not even going to get into the long distance story construction (think: “I shot Bin Laden”) and the eventual Hollywood movie they will release to reinforce the story much later down the road.


11: Long and detailed narration of the aftermath by the mass media

Following every “breaking news” 24/7 psyop event notice how for the next week or two we’ll get daily if not hourly fine tuning of the story with lots of behind-the-scenes segments being added like for example “mother of shooter apologizes, didn’t see this coming” or “girlfriend of shooter says he hated white people” or “gays” or whatever it may be.

These aftermath segments are all designed to pad the official narrative and make you digest the reality of the context of the event. As time goes on, of course, we’ll always get “details” of the gun purchase, how the shooter obtained training and much more. Obviously we’re all familiar with the usual “manifesto” as well.



12: Early reaction to the event, televised ceremonies create backdrop for multi-million dollar funding campaigns and call for new legislation

I’ve already discussed this element in previous articles but it’s worth mentioning again here. The long emotional and morality based ceremonies talking about “god” and “the lord,” “love,” “forgiveness” at a time like this, are all part of the period setting up the big money train and legislation that is to follow.



The ceremonies thus act as a calm before the storm and charges up the participants into an emotional state where they are prepared to take action. Who can forget Sandy Hook crisis actor and fake FBI agent David Wheeler (along with his wife) touring the country telling his compelling story, desperately calling for gun control.


13: Subsequent psyop staged false flag events are used as opportunities to rekindle the “reality” of past events

Finally, we are now seeing how staged false flag events are being used as golden opportunities to rekindle the memory of other staged events just in case you have forgotten.

Look for this tactic which they are using every time now. This is a reminder that the gun control agenda is a process. It’s not about one event, they are in a mission filled with many events that need reinforcement. The events are playing out differently. Some may have elements of reality and others not.

They are potentially mixing realities and challenging you to guess which one it is. Confusion and chaos, as I pointed out in a recent article, are the goal and now the norm.

Plain and simple, as I continue to warn, we’re all being played in one way or another. The deception is so deep I can only present, as I see it, the various segments of these ongoing deceptions. No one said this information war and defending freedom would be easy and for anyone still in the old model of “real event” versus “false flag real event” you are falling behind in the information war.

As I said earlier, the tactics are now much more sophisticated and the game has changed. The goal is to confuse you into submission and we have to look at all elements of these events in the context of our new reality.

If you agree please share this message.

Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
New Zealand Troops To Stay In Iraq For Another 18 Months: John Key
August 5 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

John Key and his government is going to retain New Zealand troops in Irag for another 18 months also deploying them to a second military base with the total associated costs now reaching $50million for the New Zealand taxpayer to fork out. He says, according to the Hawke’s Bay Today item of June 21st that the ‘Work in Iraq is not done, that it would be difficult to do nothing when 66 other countries were contributing’.



This is rubbish and must be condemned. Contributing to what?

Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

The disaster impacting Iraq and costing millions of Iraqi lives either dead, maimed or now displaced and homeless is entirely an American war of aggression, an illegal invasion based on lies (‘weapons of mass destruction’ of which there were none) and into which the U.S. has dragged a number of subservient countries like New Zealand that acquiesce to American commands. John Key is one foreign Prime Minister who serves U.S. expectations at our expense.

Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee says we are ‘training’ Iraqi’s to be able to take control of their own lands and fight Islamic State, but this is also a lie. NZ is involved in Iraq because we were pressured to get involved by America so as to make the destruction of this once proud country seem like all of the West (the coalition of the willing) is there fighting terrorism. Rubbish.



Related: Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq

The terrorist is the United States itself driven by Washington neocons (predominantly Zionist Jews) with one objective; a destabilised and weakened Middle East being part of the ‘Greater Israel’ policy, part of the original vision enunciated by the founding father of Zionism Theodore Herzl now promoted by the Israeli government and supported in the U.S. by the Jewish Lobby, an immensely powerful political group in the U.S. politics.

Greater Israel consists of an area from the Nile to the Euphrates and involves the exclusion of Palestinians from their own lands and the Jewish settlement in occupied Palestinian lands.



Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”

Iraq is predominantly Islamic so which part of Iraqi Islamists are we training? Are they Sunni or Shia and then which sect of these Islamic divisions? Out of the vacuum of destruction delivered by U.S. bombs rose Islamic State, the violent group that the CIA secretly funded for years in Libya and continue to do so now in neighbouring Syria.

These are indisputable facts not reported by mainstream to keep us in the dark about American objectives. Among others, it is to grab the oil, oil that is now reported recently contracted by the newly U.S. installed puppet government of Iraq to U.S. oil companies.

I wonder why Gerry Brownlee recently visited Israel in early May? The visit was kept pretty quiet, the Blog site ‘Whale Oil’ being the first to reveal the news. Perhaps to discuss trade? Or perhaps to discuss new farming techniques? It’s doubtful that any of these things were discussed.



It is far more likely that Brownlee was there to be ‘bought off’ by the Israeli government to become a strong advocate of continuing war in Iraq and Syria. This is how they operate.

So here we are: New Zealand ‘doing its bit’ helping the big players in their dirty war of attrition in Arab lands where we blame the Arabs for all the wrongs in the world as we crush them one country after another creating crises the world over.

Maybe even Brexit is an unexpected outcome to the global elites that is a response to the refugee crisis created by the bombing and destruction of Syria.

Even more importantly, how many more schools or hospitals are New Zealanders forgoing to remain entrenched, indeed trapped into an American war that is none of our doing or business? Our media and the ‘entertainment’ dished up nightly on Television is all about numbing minds to expect war, indeed to glorify war.



It is outrageous that we are involved with troops in Iraq training the locals to in fact continue to kill even more of themselves because this work will never be complete. There are much bigger agendas in play, none of which are our business accept to object to these policies of destruction, much less to be part of them. We should indeed ‘choose to do nothing’.

Bring our troops home now and condemn American led hostilities in Iraq, Syria, Afghanistan, indeed anywhere in the world.

Related: Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
NATO Information Operations: War Is Peace, Freedom Is Slavery
August 3 2016 | From: SouthFront

Psychological Operations or PSYOP are planned operations to convey selected information and indicators to audiences to influence their emotions, motives, objective reasoning, and ultimately the behavior of organizations, groups, and individuals.



The beginning of interest in post-Cold War information operations can be traced to the UN intervention in Somalia and the Rwanda Genocide. Relatively honest and direct reporting from these war zones meant that the public opinion of Western countries was a factor that had to be considered by the political classes.

Hence the  complaining at the time about the so-called “CNN Effect” which forced the politicians to send and/or withdraw troops irrespective of what the elites actually wanted to happen at the time.

The early methods of influencing the public opinion by manipulating the media, though reasonably effective, were not enough.

We have seen their strengths and limitations during both wars against Iraq, in which the bulk of the media was effectively co-opted through the process of frequent press briefings (featuring no shortage of videos showing NATO bombs unerringly falling toward their obviously evil targets) and later by “embedding” the mostly male reporters in military units, which naturally had the dual effect of stroking their egos and adopting the military’s point of view.




Still, in spite of all that, it proved impossible to control the narrative, and the public support for the various US and NATO wars collapsed under the pressure of inconvenient news coming even from mainstream media which clearly maintained a degree of independence.

But if you fast-forward a decade, to the current wars in Libya, Syria, Yemen, Iraq, Ukraine, and others, it is clear that something has changed. There is one dominant narrative that is being pushed by literally every mainstream media source, irrespective of their ostensible ideological bent.



No matter where you turn, you read or hear about Assad’s “barrel bombs”, Gaddafi’s “massacres”, or “Russian aggression.”

These reports invariably represent a point of view that is not only completely one-sided, but also factually wrong, even on the most basic of issues. How did US and NATO manage to achieve such an amazing discipline within the supposedly free and independent Western media?

There are essentially three parts to the answer: state oversight of the media; co-opting individual reporters; disseminating propaganda through covert means.

The first two are obvious enough and have long been practiced. Media corporations are just that – corporations, subject to variety of laws and regulations whose enforcement can be used to steer individual outlets toward adopting a desired point of view.

Individual reporter’s coin of the realm is “access” to privileged information, which may be granted or withheld depending on their effectiveness as government propagandist. The third, the covert dissemination of propaganda, is new, and that factor likely explains the lack of variation from one media outlet to the next.

The media are no longer merely encouraged to toe the official line–they have the stories planted for them to pick up through social media and other unofficial channels.

The so-called investigations of the MH17 disaster is a case study, though a fairly crude one due to Ukraine’s crude methods of information warfare.

But it is evident that nearly all the “evidence” implicating Russia or the Novorossia insurgents was prepared by Ukrainian secret services, then laundered through social media, before being presented to Western audiences as the truth, the only truth, and nothing but the truth.

NATO is conducting similar operations which are harder to identify and counter because they are more sophisticated, better institutionalized, and provided with higher levels of funding. The United Kingdom, for example, maintains the 77th Brigade whose subunits include the Media Operations Group and the shadowy 15th Psychological Operations Group that has been dubbed the “Twitter detachment.”

Germany has established the ZOpKomBw, or the Bundeswehr Rapid Communications Center. In the US, information operations against the US population appear to be the responsibility of the intelligence community, which is understandable considering the taboo on US military operations on US territory.



As such, they remain largely out of public scrutiny, though their handiwork can be readily seen in the form of unverifiable reports from a variety of war zones, and even placing specially prepared “witnesses” in front of Congressional committees. Even non-NATO countries like Sweden are following suit by establishing their own information operations units intended for waging information war on its own population.

At the NATO level, information operations are coordinated by NATO doctrine JP 13-3 Information Operations, with practical applications honed by alliance-wide exercises such as the Multinational Information Operations Experiment (MNIOE).

Western voters have been accepting of all these measures because they were sold to them as part of their countries’ counter-terrorism measures.



What they failed to take into account is that terrorism is a phenomenon that knows no borders, with the enemy already present among Western societies.

Which means that, if counter-terrorist information operations are to be effective, they also have to be aimed at Western publics.

In the short-term, information operations may be effective in manufacturing popular support for policies that otherwise no free society would accept. In the longer term, bypassing the public opinion means the elites are now more free than ever to embark on highly dangerous international adventures that will likely backfire and lower even further the already low standing of the elites.

Therefore the fact that the so-called “free world” elites increasingly have to resort to such dirty tricks in order to stay in power means that their grasp on power is slowly weakening.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Checkmate! U.S. Loses Syria & Turkey; Erdogan Will Visit Putin + John McCain Is “Directly Responsible” For ISIS
July 30 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Sputnik / Various

It’s confirmed: the United States is being checkmated in Syria and in Turkey. Now, Erdogan is set to visit Moscow early next month.



They will be talking about how to dispense with the CIA “moderate rebels” we know as Daesh Islamic State terrorists.

Commenting on the results of the recent meeting on Syria in Geneva between Russia, the UN and the US and on the prospects of a possible ending of the Syrian war, Russian political expert Vyacheslav Matuzov suggests that much will now depend on the talks between Russia and Turkey: if they agree, the rebels and their US / Israeli masters will lose the war.


“Turkish President Erdogan is set to visit Moscow on August 9. Prior to his meeting with President Putin there have already been a number of announcements on the joint economic projects and the readiness to open Turkey for Russian tourists,”
Matuzov, former diplomat and an expert in Arab studies told Russia’s Izvestiya newspaper.

“This means that certain political agreements are also being prepared,” he added.

The political analyst further explained that first of all, it could be about closing the Turkish-Syrian border and, as a result, cutting-off of the influx of rebels and arms into war-torn Syria.

Matuzov suggested that the issue might have been already been agreed upon.

If the border is closed, the opposition and their American masters will lose the war in Syria.



Syria: Before and After 'American Dermocracy'

In any further intra-Syrian talks, which could be scheduled at the end of August in Geneva, the US and their so-called allies will have no grounds to dictate any conditions.

This point of view has been echoed by Dr. Bassam Abu Abdallah, Director of the Center for Strategic Studies at Damascus University, who told the newspaper that Syria is not counting on the negotiations in Geneva, but rather on a rapprochement between Russia and Turkey.


“The Riyadh-formed High Negotiations Committee (HNC) is prone to US influence and the influence of the Middle Eastern states and is not acting in the interests of Syria,”
he said.

While he does not expect any progress in the negotiations, the expert suggests that the failed coup attempt in Turkey will push Ankara to reconsider its foreign policy objectives.

The US has been accused of being behind the attempted military overthrow, he said. Washington is also for the further break up of Syria and for creating Kurdish autonomy.

All the above, he said, is unacceptable to Turkey, and so it will try to get closer to Russia and Iran and might make the decision to close its border with Syria which will result in a dramatic change in the balance of powers on the battlefield, he concluded.

Recent reports suggest that the next round of intra-Syrian talks could be scheduled for the end of August.

The Syrian government delegation, as well as three opposition groups - the Riyadh-formed HNC, the Moscow-Cairo and the Hmeymim groups - have been taking part in the UN-mediated Geneva talks on the peaceful settlement of the conflict.

The latest round of talks took place in Geneva on April 13-27. The HNC walked out of the negotiations, citing the continuous fighting in Syria and the lack of progress on humanitarian issues.

Both Russia and Syria are now conducting a large scale humanitarian operations after a successful establishment of humanitarian corridors for the civilians trapped inside Aleppo.





Russia and Syria are launching a large-scale humanitarian operation for Aleppo residents, Russia’s Defense Ministry said. Corridors for civilians and militants ready to lay down arms will be created to exit the city, which was Syria’s largest before the war.


“We have repeatedly called on the warring parties to reconcile, but the militants violated the silence mode each time, shelled villages, attacked the positions of government troops. As a result, a tough humanitarian situation has developed in the city of Aleppo and its suburbs,” Russian Defense Minister Sergey Shoigu said on Thursday.

“To assist civilians taken hostage by terrorists, as well as militants who chose to lay down their weapons, the Russian center for reconciliation of the warring parties, together with Syrian authorities, will open three humanitarian corridors there,” Shoigu added.

“I want to emphasize that we are taking this step, first and foremost, to ensure the safety of Aleppo residents,” the minister said. He has also urged international organizations to take part in the humanitarian operation in Aleppo.

According to the minister, the fourth corridor for the passage of fighters in Aleppo is being set up only because the US has not provided Russia with data on the al-Nusra Front terrorist group, which has recently been attempting to merge with other armed opposition groups in Syria.

Obama is also preventing another Saigon-like withdrawal from Afghanistan by not bringing all US soldiers home until he steps down from office.




John McCain Is “Directly Responsible” For ISIS




Related: Turkey’s secret pact with Islamic State exposed by operative behind wave of ISIS attacks


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government
July 28 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Breitbart

To anyone who has ever been called a "conspiracy theorist," the world owes you a massive apology. As the leaked DNC emails now exhaustively prove, Hillary Clinton and the DNC actually did conspire to destroy Bernie Sanders.



It was a genuine conspiracy involving a multitude of people who acted in coordinated secrecy to deceive the public, destroy a candidate and coronate their chosen evil globalist (Hillary Clinton) as President.

Related: The Clinton Presidential Campaign just went Kaboom!

The only thing that makes this conspiracy any different than all the other true conspiracies happening right now is that they got caught.

And now, the entire leftist media -- which is also part of the very same conspiracy to thrust Clinton into office -- is trying to distract you from all this by invoking their own hilarious conspiracy theory: The Russians did it!

Yep, suddenly now the same leftist media skeptics who ridiculed anyone even hinting that the DNC was running a conspiracy to destroy Sanders is floating its own tin foil hat theories in a desperate bid to hope you won't read any of the emails that actually leaked. Those emails, it turns out, expose the DNC and Hillary Clinton as a cabal of corrupt political mafia bosses who deeply hate voters, democracy and a free press.



The DNC even rewarded top donors with political appointments to the boards of federal organizations. If you give them enough money, they'll make sure Hillary lands you a spot in your favorite federal bureaucracy (the United States Postal Service is apparently in need of several BORED members... ha ha).

Check out some of these email findings for yourself:

All the dirt (so far) from the 19,000 leaked emails: TheGatewayPundit

DNC staffers revealed as total bigots who tried to destroy Bernie Sanders by attacking his religion: GovtSlaves

Obedient MSNBC morons report "cheers" when the audience is BOOING Debbie Wasserman Schultz off the stage: (see the text along bottom of the video): ZeroHedge


It Was the Russians!

But you're not supposed to pay any attention to all the admissions of crime and corruption found in these emails. Never mind the fact that all these DNC members need to be arrested, indicted and put behind bars for 20 years to life. They're all corrupt criminals who despise democracy and use the power of their positions to rig elections and place sleazebag politicians into public office. The voters be damned!

No, you're supposed to think to yourself, "It was the Russians!" And right on cue, the leftist media is now floating the ludicrous idea that Putin loves Trump and wants Trump to win the presidency. Why is this idea so ludicrous?



Because
Hillary Clinton is the sellout who approve the selling of America's uranium reserves to Russian mining companies, sacrificing a strategic national resource so she and her husband Bill could collect a few more million dollars in "speaking fees." (Source: CLINTON CASH book and documentary.)

In other words, the Russians get everything they want when democrats are in power, because democrats are corrupt criminals who are willing to sell anything to the Russians (as long as the donation fee is high enough to the Clinton Foundation). Thus, the idea that Putin wouldn't want Clinton in the White House is absurd.

But this is all best said by none other than Patrick Buchanan in this WND.com editorial which I offer here as a partial reprint:


Waving off the clerics who had come to administer last rites, Voltaire said: "All my life I have ever made but one prayer to God, a very short one: 'O Lord, make my enemies look ridiculous.' And God granted it."

The tale of the thieved emails at the Democratic National Committee is just too good to be true.

For a year, 74-year-old socialist Bernie Sanders has been saying that, under DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz, the party has been undercutting his campaign and hauling water for Hillary Clinton.

From the 19,200 emails dumped the weekend before Clinton's coronation, it appears the old boy is not barking mad. The deck was stacked; the referees were in the tank; the game was rigged.

For four decades, some of us have wondered what Jim McCord, security man at CREEP, and his four Cubans were looking for in DNC Chair Larry O'Brien's office at the Watergate. Now it makes sense.

Among the lovely schemes the DNC leaders worked up to gut Sanders in Christian communities of West Virginia and Kentucky, was to tell these good folks that Sanders doesn't even believe that there is a God. He's not even an agnostic; he's an atheist.

The idea was broached by DNC chief financial officer Brad Marshall in an email to DNC chief executive officer Amy Dacey:

"Does [Bernie] believe in a God. He has skated on saying he has a Jewish heritage. I think I read he is an atheist. This could make several points difference with my peeps. My Southern Baptist peeps would draw a big difference between a Jew and atheist."

Dacey emailed back, "Amen."

In 1960, John F. Kennedy went before the Houston ministers to assert the right of a Catholic to be president of the United States. Is the "Marshall Plan," to quietly spread word Bernie Sanders is a godless atheist, now acceptable politics in the party of Barack Obama?

If Marshall and Dacey are still around at week's end, we will know.

The WikiLeaks dump came Friday night. By Sunday, Clinton's crowd had unleashed the mechanical rabbit, and the press hounds were dutifully chasing it. The new party line: The Russians did it!

Clinton campaign chief Robert Mook told ABC, "experts are telling us that Russian state actors broke in to the DNC, took all these emails, and now they are leaking them out through the Web sites. … some experts are now telling us that this was done by the Russians for the purpose of helping Donald Trump."

Monday, Clinton chairman John Podesta said there is a "kind of bromance going on" between Trump and Vladimir Putin. Campaign flack Brian Fallon told CNN, "There is a consensus among experts that it is indeed Russia that is behind this hack of the DNC."

Purpose: Change the subject. Redirect the media away from the DNC conspiracy to sabotage Sanders' campaign.


Assange: "A Lot More Material" Will Be Released"







FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government

The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email servers, source reveals.

The Clinton Foundation is a “massive spider web of connections and money laundering implicating hundreds of high-level people,” according to an anonymous insider who revealed why the FBI stopped short of indicting Hillary Clinton.

Related:
IRS Launches Investigation Of Clinton Foundation

Before FBI Director James Comey announced the FBI wouldn’t recommend pressing charges against Clinton, an insider with “intimate knowledge of the inner workings of the Clinton case” hosted an little-publicized AMA session on 4Chan, and the statements he made on July 2 corroborate with later developments of the scandal.


There is enough for her and the entire government to be brought down,”
he revealed.

People do not realize how enormous this whole situation actually is.”

Whether she will be [indicted] or not depends on how much info others involved gets out, and there are a lot of people involved.

Since then, both the FBI and the DOJ declined to press charges against Clinton, and other sources revealed the Clinton Foundation is now under scrutiny.


The problem is with the Clinton Foundation as I mentioned, which you should just imagine as a massive spider web of connections and money laundering implicating hundreds of high-level people,
the source said.

Though I do not have a high opinion of Hillary, she is just a piece – albeit a big piece – of this massive sh*tstorm."



Those implicated extends to the Justice Dept.


“The DOJ is most likely looking to save itself,”
he continued.

Find everyone involved in the Clinton Foundation, from its donors to its Board of Directors, and imagine they are all implicated.

This would explain why Bill Clinton forced himself on Attorney General Loretta Lynch’s plane at the Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport last week; Clinton insider Larry Nichols said blackmail was likely involved.


“Bill Clinton met with Lynch, and he was there to assure her that when Hillary gets to be president she’ll be able to keep her job,”
said Nichols on the Alex Jones Show Friday.

“I would imagine he gave Lynch a slip of paper that had on it a couple of things about the career prosecutors that are working the case. What was on that? The things they have on them. The drugs, women, men, whatever.”

The source indicated the Clinton Foundation is likely a nexus of blackmail material keeping everyone in D.C. in line behind the Clintons – even those with tremendous influence.


“The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email server,”
he said.

We received the server from Benghazi, then from the server we found data on the Clinton Foundation.

Then we realized the situation is much worse than previously thought.

The server was in Benghazi? Was that one of the reasons why the embassy was attacked, to destroy evidence on the Clinton Foundation?

Additionally, the source said the investigation took so long because FBI Director James Comey didn’t want to face the “Clinton Machine” and the “rest of Washington D.C.


“…This case would explode into a million other cases if fully brought to light, and then we would be one agency competing against the entire government and a hoard of other interests,”
he continued.

“It is a very tense and uncomfortable position.”

Interestingly, the insider spoke more about Clinton’s relationship with President Obama, which seems frosty at times despite Obama currently campaigning for his former Secretary of State.


“The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email server,”
he said. “We received the server from Benghazi, then from the server we found data on the Clinton Foundation.”

“Then we realized the situation is much worse than previously thought.”

“Obama and Hillary do hate each other,” he said. “Hillary hates black people and Obama dislikes recklessness.”

On Thursday, Breitbart reported the FBI is “is still investigating Hillary Clinton in connection with possible corruption related to the Clinton Foundation.




‘Clinton Cash’ Movie Surpasses 500,000 Views In 48 Hours

News showed the motion picture adaptation of Clinton Cash three times in three-hour windows. In those total nine hours of Saturday and Sunday viewing, there were 290,000 video views.



Pirated versions of the film have already begun sprouting up online, with one YouTube upload alone currently showing more than 215,800 views.

In total, more than 500,000 people have pressed play on this film. But, of course, that half million views number does not take into account the massive amount of people who held watch parties or watched Clinton Cash with their family and friends during the weekend.

Indeed, several comments have been posted on Breitbart.com and various social media platforms from people saying they and their friends and family were watching the Clinton Cash movie together in groups.

It’s hard to know just how many millions of Americans may have tuned in to watch Clinton Cash during its two-day global release.

As Breitbart News reported, the film was pushed heavily on social media by more than 283,000 dyed-in-the-wool Bernie Sanders supporters, who helped catapult Clinton Cash to the top of Facebook’s trending topics list on Sunday.


Related: 21 New ‘Clinton Cash’ Revelations That Have Imperiled Hillary Clinton’s Campaign

Related: 11 Explosive Clinton Cash Facts Mainstream Media Confirm are Accurate






Due to overwhelming response and request, Breitbart News has decided to make Clinton Cash available for free forever.

Clinton Cash was directed by M.A. Taylor and was written and produced by Danny Fleurette and Breitbart News Executive Chairman Stephen K. Bannon.

The film exposes the alarming pattern of record-high speaking fees to Bill Clinton and donations to the Clinton Foundation from foreign contributors, which coincided with favors for those closest to the Clintons and their foundation donors while Hillary Clinton served as secretary of state.

Related: Historic Civil Law Suit against Alleged War Criminal George W. Bush in California: Chilcot Report Submitted to the Ninth Circuit Court


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Atlantic Council: The Marketing Arm Of The Military / Security Complex
July 27 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

How much did the military-security complex pay the Atlantic Council to publish this sales pitch to Poland to load up on US weapons systems? The sales pitch was written by arms salesmen Richard Shirreff, a partner at Strategia Worldwide Ltd., and Maciej Olex-Szczytowski, a “business adviser specializing in defense.”



The sales pitch is titled “Arming For Deterrence.” The Kremlin is unpredictable, say the arms salesmen, and could at any moment decide to attack Poland. However the Russian regime “respects a show of force” and would back down if Poland has a sufficient inventory of US weapons.

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World #50: The Atlantic Council

The sales pitch encourages Poland to take many aggressive and dangerous steps toward Russia, such as targeting Russia cities and facilities including RT. But before provoking the Bear like this, Poland needs “to join the tactical nuclear capability scheme within NATO, so enabling its F-16s to be carriers of tactical nuclear ordnance.”

Poland also needs to be able to strike deep inside Russia and for this needs to purchase American long-range JASSM air-launched cruise missiles, the Navy Strike missile coastal missiles, and the Guided Multiple Launch Rocket Systems.

Poland also needs “offensive cyber operations” and “more tandem-warhead Anti-Tank Guided Missiles (ATGMs) capable of penetrating reactive armor, and also anti-aircraft (including anti-helicopter) and anti-UAV missiles. “



The bill for this deterrence against non-existent “Russian aggression” comes to “some US $26 billion” on top of planned expenditures of US $34 billion.

“Poland should move forward expeditiously with procurements,” say the arms salesmen or risk being attacked by superior Russian forces.

The zionist neocons get away with their warmongering because it is profitable for the US military/security complex. Whereas the crazed neocons want real war, the military / security complex only wants the propaganda threat of war. The numerous military / foreign policy think tanks funded by the military / security complex provide the propaganda and made-up threat.

This is a dangerous game, because the Russians see a real threat in the hostility that is directed at them.



The anti-Russian propaganda is universal and includes the Olympic Games. Washington wants Russia excluded based on the allegation that only Russians take performance-enhancing substances.

What extraordinary nonsense.

I have a relative who travels widely to test athletes of every sport, even golf, for the use of performance-enhancing substances.

It is not the Russians who have corrupted “clean sports.” It is the money that the corrupt Americans have poured into sports. To be a champion, to win the Masters at Augusta National, to win a gold medal means to be a multi-millionaire.

Sports that people once played for enjoyment are now a lucrative profession.



Money corrupts everything, and it is capitalism that turns everything into a commodity that is bought and sold. In capitalist regimes everything is for sale: honor, integrity, justice, truth.

Everything is reduced to the filthy lucre.

Related: Putin to Western 'Elites': Play-Time is Over


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
WikiLeaks Founder Julian Assange Says His Next Leak Will virtually Guarantee An Indictment Of Hillary Clinton
July 25 2016 | From: ScienceIsConsent

In a recent interview with ITV, Assange said the whistleblowing website will soon be leaking documents that will provide “enough evidence” for the Department of Justice to indict the presumptive Democratic nominee.



WikiLeaks has already published 30,322 emails from Clinton’s private email server, spanning from June 30, 2010 to August 12, 2014. While Assange didn’t specify what exactly was in the emails, he did tell ITV that WikiLeaks had “accumulated a lot of material about Hillary Clinton, which could proceed to an indictment.”

Related: WikiLeaks posts 20,000 DNC Emails

The founder Sharon Tennison has focused on making people-people connections including the business community, Rotary clubs, etc..This delegation was organized because of concern about escalating international tensions and the danger of a drift toward world threatening military conflict.

Assange hinted that the emails slated for publication contain additional information about the Clinton Foundation. He also reminded ITV’s Robert Peston that previously released emails contained one damning piece of communication from Clinton, instructing a staffer to remove the classification settings from an official State Department communication and send it through a “nonsecure” channel.

Related:
Berto Jongman: 20,000 DNC Emails Showing Malfeasance Now Posted by WikiLeaks with Thanks to Guccifer



Assange then pointed out that the Obama administration has previously prosecuted numerous whistleblowers for violating the government’s procedures for handling classified documents.

In regard to the ongoing FBI investigation, however, Assange expressed a lack of confidence in the Obama administration’s Justice Department to indict the former Secretary of State.

“[Attorney General Loretta Lynch] is not going to indict Hillary Clinton. It’s not possible that could happen. But the FBI could push for new concessions from the Clinton government in exchange for its lack of indictment.”

WikiLeaks has long been a thorn in the side of the former Secretary of State, who called on President Obama to prosecute the whistleblowing site after its 2010 leak of State Department cables. Julian Assange remains confined to the Ecuadorian Embassy in downtown London, as Ecuador has promised to not hand over the WikiLeaks founder to US authorities.





Relayted: Leaked DNC Emails Confirm Democrats Rigged Primary, Reveal Extensive Media Collusion

Related: 10 ways the Democratic primary has been rigged from the start



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Myth Of “Aggressive Russia”
July 23 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

Recently I went on a 15 day visit to Russia organized by the Center for Citizen Initiatives.The group visited Moscow, the Crimean peninsula, Krasnodar (southern Russia) and St. Petersburg.



In each location we met many locals and heard diverse viewpoints. CCI has a long history promoting friendship and trying to overcome false assumptions between citizens of the USA and Russia.

The founder Sharon Tennison has focused on making people-people connections including the business community, Rotary clubs, etc..This delegation was organized because of concern about escalating international tensions and the danger of a drift toward world threatening military conflict.

We were in Russia in late June as they were commemorating the 75th anniversary of the Nazi invasion of the Soviet Union.

They call it the Great Patriotic War where 27 million Soviet citizens died. In Russia it’s a very sober occasion in which they pay tribute to the fallen, acknowledge the heroes and underscore the horrors of war. Virtually everyone in Russia lost family members in World War 2 and there seems to be a deep understanding of what war and invasion mean.


It is alarming to see the constant drumbeat in Western media that Russia is aggressive, Russia invaded Crimea, Russia is a threat. Hardly a day goes by that the New York Times does not have an editorial or news story with the assertion or insinuation that Russia is “aggressive”.

Today’s op-ed by Andrew Foxall is an example. The “think tank “ director bemoans the British departure from the European Union and suggests that Russian President Putin may be behind it:


"Mr. Putin has spent the past 16 years trying to destabilize the West….. After Brexit, the union has lost not only one of its most capable members, but also one of its two nuclear powers and one of its two seats at the United Nations Security Council...

Mr. Putin checked the European Union’s expansion when he invaded Ukraine in 2014. The Continent’s security order is now in a perilous plight: If Mr. Putin senses weakness, he will be tempted into further aggression.
"

It is now common to hear the claim that Russia “invaded” Ukraine and is “occupying” Crimea.

The US and allies have imposed sanctions because of the Crimean decision to separate from Ukraine and rejoin Russia. Tourist cruise ships no longer stop at Crimean ports and international airlines are prohibited from flying directly to the international airport at the Crimean capital, Simferopol. Students from Crimean universities cannot transfer their academic credits to universities internationally.

Despite the sanctions and problems, Crimea appears to be doing reasonably well. In the past two years, the airport has been rebuilt and modernized. The streets of Balaclava, Sevastopol, Simferopol and Yalta are busy and bright. No doubt things could be much better and residents want the sanctions lifted, but there were no evident signs of shortages or poverty.

On the contrary, kids were enjoying ice cream, parks were full and streets busy late into the night. The famous Artek Youth Camp near Yalta is being refurbished with new dormitories, state of the art swimming pool and gymnasium. Right now they are handling 3,000 youth in the camp at one time with 30,000 kids from all over Russia this year.

A 12 mile bridge connecting Crimea to southern Russia is now half complete. A impressive video showing the design is here.

After 22 years as part of independent Ukraine following the breakup of the Soviet Union, what drove the people of Crimea to overwhelmingly support a referendum calling for ‘re-unification’ with Russia? Was this the result of intimidation or an ‘occupation’ by Russia?

We received a very strong sense from talking with many different people in Crimea that they are happy with their decision. The impetus was not aggression from Russia; the impetus came from the violence and ultra-nationalism of the foreign backed coup in Ukraine.

Protests against Ukraine’s Yanukovych government began in November 2013 in the “Maidan” (central square) in Kiev. Protesters included right wing nationalist and Nazi sympathizers hostile to the Yanukovych government. A significant faction glorified the Ukrainian Nazi collaborator Stepan Bandera.

The US was deeply involved in promoting the “Maidan” protests and strategizing how to bring in a new government. Assistant Secy of State Victoria Nuland demanded the Yanukovych government do nothing to stop or prevent the increasing vandalism, attacks and intimidation.

With thugs in the street increasingly clashing with police, the US pressed the Ukrainian government to break economic ties with Russia as a condition for closer relations with Europe and loans from the International Monetary Fund.

On the surface, the US was encouraging Ukraine to strengthen ties with the European Union but in reality Nuland’s goals were about the US, NATO and undermining Russia. This was dramatically revealed in a secretly recorded phone call between Nuland and the US Ambassador to the Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt.



Nuland and Pyatt discussed who should and should not be in the coup government two weeks before the coup happened. As they conspired over the phone, Nuland expressed her displeasure with the EU’s reluctance to push the coup...


“Fuck the EU”
said the woman who six weeks earlier spoke glowingly of Ukraine’s “European aspirations”.

Prior to the coup, Nuland spoke of the high US “investment” in promoting “democracy” in Ukraine. In a December 2013 speech she said:


Since Ukraine’s independence in 1991 the United States has supported Ukrainians as they build democratic skills and institutions, as they promote civic participation and good governance, all of which are preconditions for Ukraine to achieve its European aspirations.

We have invested over $5 billion to assist Ukraine in these and other goals…”
(approx 7:30 into the recording / US-Ukraine Foundation, 13 December 2013).

In mid December hundreds of Crimeans traveled to Kiev in buses to join peaceful protests in opposition to the Maidan protests seen on television. They stayed in Kiev through January and into February until the violence exploded on February 18 (2014). Altogether, 82 persons were killed including 13 police and 1100 injured.

At that point, the Crimeans decided peaceful protest was useless and to return home. The bus caravan departed Kiev on Feb 20 but was stopped at night near the town of Korsun.

The buses were torched and the Crimean travelers brutalized, beaten and seven killed. When news of this reached Crimea, it was yet another cause for alarm.

A video titled “The Crimes of Euromaidan Nazis” documents the events and includes interviews with numerous passengers. These atrocities against unarmed Crimeans were done on a public highway with no intervention from local Ukrainian police.

On Feb 21 the existing government came to a compromise agreement. But that did not appease the most violent protesters or their supporters. A parliamentarian was beaten in broad daylight and threats issued. President Yanukovych fled for his life and a new government, led by Victoria Nuland’s choice Arseniy Yatsenyuk, took charge.

The US and western allies quickly recognized the new government while Russia objected it was an illegal coup. In the first days of the new government a bill was passed to make Ukrainian the sole official language of the country.

Indeed there was aggression and violence in Ukraine but it was not from Russia. Rather, evidence indicated the violence was from the forces which led the coup. This was revealed in an intercepted phone conversation between British representative to the European Union, Catherine Ashton, and the Estonian Foreign Minister, Urmas Paet.

Paet reported that he had been to Kiev and;


“There is a stronger and stronger understanding that behind snipers it was not Yanukovych, it was somebody from the new coalition.”

 Instead of probing into the facts behind this dramatic information, Ashton said “Oh gosh. We will need to look into that” and quickly moved on.

Crimeans we spoke with described their shock and outrage at the events. In just four months they witnessed violent Maidan protests, the overthrow of the elected government, beatings and killings of citizens returning from Kiev, and then the removal of Russian as an official language.

In response, local leaders recommended a Crimea wide referendum with the option to officially re-unite with the country that Crimea had been part of for over two centuries. A referendum was held on March 16. Turnout was 89% with 96% voting in favor of the “reunification of Crimea with Russia”.

With the violent overthrow of the Kiev government and clear proof of US involvement in the coup it seems highly inaccurate to say that Russia “invaded” or is “occupying” Crimea. On the contrary, it seems to be the USA and allies which are “aggressive”.

The same reversal of reality is going on with the expansion of NATO. In recent weeks NATO has placed armed forces in Poland, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania. NATO military expenses are already 13 times greater than that of Russia yet NATO plans to increase military spending even more.



Meanwhile the US unilaterally withdrew from the Anti Ballistic Missile (ABM) Treaty in 2002 and is busy building and installing ABM sites in Alaska and now eastern Europe. With a serious face they have previously claimed these sites are being installed because of the danger of “Iranian missiles” but only a fool could take that seriously.

There is the additional risk that the same sites could be converted from anti ballistic missiles to contain nuclear warheads.

Are NATO and the US preparing for war? The public should be asking hard questions to our political and military leaders as they waste our tax dollars and risk global conflagration.

When the audio recording of Nuland and Pyatt discussing how to “midwife” the Kiev coup was revealed, the State Dept spokesperson was grilled about it. She responded “That’s what diplomats do”.

Enough of the nonsense that “Russia is aggressive” when the evidence indicates it’s the USA and allies who are destabilizing other countries, escalating a new arms buildup and promoting conflict instead of diplomacy.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Nice Terror Attack, France’s Prime Minister Manuel Valls: “We Must Learn To Live With The Terror, Like Israel”
& The Nice Terror Attack: Towards A Permanent State Of Emergency?

July 17 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / GlobalResearch / Various

In the aftermath of the tragic ‘terrorist’ attack in Nice, France, one of the most popular talking points which has emerged throughout much of the western media coverage is the idea that terrorism is now a ‘normal part of our everyday lives’ and that a permanent state of military alert at home is something the public needs to get used to.



One of the central voices of this police state talking is French Prime Minister and avid Israeli advocate Manuel Valls. Earlier today Valls stated that, “France has to learn to live with terrorism.”

Related: Nice, 14th of July Massacre: Towards Martial Law? The Islamic State (ISIS-Daesh) Claims Responsibility?

In this way, the security state is attempting to integrate terrorism as a day-to-day 24/7, 365 day per week agenda issue – which is said to require a hyper-militarized security state, just like Israel (notice how Israel is invoked by neoconservatives and western Zionist supports ad nauseam in the security conversation), to deal with ‘the threat.’

This seems to be the cornerstone of Valls’ political relevance, which he has basically repeated over and over, for the better part of the last two years despite the fact that both the Charlie Hebdo and Paris Bataclan events exhibited very clear signs of GLADIO-style domestic terror stage play.

Back in February, at the Munich Security Conference  he stated the exact same thing:

“We have entered – we all feel it – a new era characterised by the lasting presence of ‘hyper-terrorism.


We must be fully conscious of the threat, and react with a very great force and great lucidity. There will be attacks. Large-scale attacks. It’s a certainty. This hyper-terrorism is here to stay.”



In January 2016, while addressing an Israeli lobby delegation, Valls read off a list of ‘ISIS’ terrorist attacks along with other ‘terrorist’ incidents in Israel, claiming that this was proof that, “we are in a world war”, while not ever uttering a word about Israel’s brutal, militarized occupation and their systematic ethnic cleansing regime waged against the native Palestinian residents since the creation of the State of Israel in 1948.

Israeli CRIF spokesman Roger Cukierman applauded Valls’s single-sided adherence to the Israeli lobby, by saying, “On a number of occasions, you said very powerful things: That anti-Zionism is anti-Semitism, that France without its Jews is no longer France,” Cukierman said. “This makes you a dear politician.”

Is this a case of the state and its transnational security conglomerates manipulating the public into unquestioningly accepting an indefinite siege mentality and a permanent, full-blown police state?

It appears once again, that we are witnessing an attempt to transform large parts of western society – through a further realignment of public and state political and economic priorities into what is commonly referred to as “security theatre,” which, in reality, has nothing to do with actual security, and everything to do with domestic political and geopolitical theatre.


Nice Terror Attack: What They’re NOT Telling You

How many dead bodies on the streets of Europe will it take for leftists to realize that we are at war?








The Nice Terror Attack: Towards A Permanent State Of Emergency?

The death toll from the Nice attacks on the 14th of July, 2016 is rising. Latest reports suggest 84 deaths and possibly one hundred more injured. There have been reports of gunfire and the driver of the truck which drove into the crowd near the beach in Nice is reported to have been shot dead.

Once again (as with the Charlie Hebdo and Bataclan attacks) there is no-one to stand trial and truthfully answer the questions that need to be asked – who and why?

At this point, there is not much that can be verified about the attack.

One cannot exclude the possibility that it may have simply been the action of an insane individual. Atrocities of that type are rare but have happened in the past. But there is, however, the strong suggestion and indeed likelihood that this atrocity is a terrorist attack by ‘Islamists’. So, what does all this mean?

French domestic intelligence (DGSI) chief Patrick Calvar warned on the 26th of June 2016 that an ‘Islamist’ attack on French children would be the trigger for a civil war. He said France was currently on the brink of that civil war. 

Calvar also predicted
 that ISIS (Da’esh) would use trucks as weapons. It is not unusual in the never-ending war on terror to hear accurate predictions by intelligence officials before attacks, with the same officials seemingly powerless to prevent them.

This ‘uncanny coincidence’ could be the defining event of our time.

French Prime Minister, Manuel Valls is on record stating that the state of emergency in France would be permanent.

There has been increasing pressure on the Hollande regime in France to change course in the Middle East. Attempts to reconcile with Russia and lift the sanctions have been blocked by Hollande and Valls.

I believe this is the trigger for a civil war French intelligence warned us about. The question is whether the war will become high intensity or continue on a relatively low-intensity trajectory. There have been police ‘whistleblowers’ in France who have warned of huge caches of arms in major cities, capable of arming hundreds of thousands of men.

However, one must be cautious in referring to such ‘whistleblowers’ as they have proven to be highly unreliable and may be spreading disinformation.

In any case, the public’s belief that we are in a ‘state of war’ and that all military interventions abroad are therefore necessary will be enough to make citizens look to the state for protection – an oligarchic state which is currently pursuing a brutal class war against workers.

As 90 percent or more of intelligence operations today involve media disinformation, we cannot possibly assume that any of the reports we are hearing are accurate. However, it is hard to see how a psyop could have been carried out in the Promenade des Anglais which is so central in Nice. What we can say for sure is that the attack serves the two constants of the war on terror dialectic. The narrative would read as follows:


1. Make the state of emergency permanent, empowering the oligarchic state and further demoralising citizens by dividing the working class along religious and racial lines. This is part of NATO’s ‘strategy of tension’ in accordance with the longstanding intelligence operation Gladio. Citizens must turn to the anti-social state for ‘security’, thus precluding social revolt.

2. Justify an all out attack on Syria to finish the job of destroying Arab civilisation, in accordance with US-NATO-Israel geopolitical interests. Only the willfully ignorant could possibly believe that ISIS is an enemy of France when the French have never had better relations with the country which openly backs them – Saudi Arabia. The intelligence reports, declassified documents and admissions of the highest officials of the French and American governments all confirm that ISIS is Israel’s Arab legion.


Both those two above-mentioned goals serve the interests of US-NATO-Israel and until the French people liberate themselves from its yoke, Zionism will continue to poison the minds of men, making them consent to policies that no honest and compassionate human being would countenance.



An awakening of working-class militancy is occurring but the labour movement in France remains divided and led by social-democratic reformists. Now, more than ever, seeing the link between terrorism and class war is essential if any political and social change is to occur.

 In an era of high-finance treason, oligarchy, austerity, and the triumph of avarice, terror increasingly becomes a feature of the normal rather than an exceptional exercise of state power.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”
July 12 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / GushShalom / GlobalResearch / Various

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians.



General Golan, Deputy Chief of Staff of the Israeli Army, on Holocaust Memorial Day, said:


“If there is something that frightens me about the memories of the Holocaust, it is the knowledge of the awful processes which happened in Europe in general, and in Germany in particular, 70, 80, 90 years ago, and finding traces of them here in our midst, today, in 2016.”

Related: The Jewish Colonization of Palestine

Related: Roger Waters on Why More Artists Don’t Speak Out Against Israel: They’re Terrified


Israeli Uri Avnery, a former member of the Israeli parliament, who as a boy lived in Germany during the rise of the Nazis, has come to the support of General Golan.

General Golan, who was slated to be the next Chief of Staff of the Israeli Army, and Uri Avnery, one of the bravest men on the planet, are being demonized as “self-hating Jews.”

No one is permitted to mention any truth about Israel’s genocide against the Palestinians or the support for this genocide by the two American political parties and presstitute media, not even former President Jimmy Carter.

When Carter mentioned the apartheid that characterizes present-day Israel in his book, the Jewish members of the Carter Center resigned.


Uri Averny: I Was There

"Please Don't write about Ya'ir Golan!" a friend begged me, “Anything a leftist like you writes will only harm him!"



Uri Avnery

Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

So I abstained for some weeks. But I can't keep quiet any longer.

General Ya'ir Golan, the deputy Chief of Staff of the Israeli army, made a speech on Holocaust Memorial Day. Wearing his uniform, he read a prepared, well-considered text that triggered an uproar which has not yet died down.

Dozens of articles have been published in its wake, some condemning him, some lauding him. Seems that nobody could stay indifferent.

The main sentence was: "If there is something that frightens me about the memories of the Holocaust, it is the knowledge of the awful processes which happened in Europe in general, and in Germany in particular, 70, 80, 90 years ago, and finding traces of them here in our midst, today, in 2016."

All hell broke loose. What! Traces of Nazism in Israel? A resemblance between what the Nazis did to us with what we are doing to the Palestinians?



Related: Shymaa's story from GAZA - "We Are the Ones"

90 years ago was 1926, one of the last years of the German republic. 80 years ago was 1936, three years after the Nazis came to power. 70 years ago was 1946, on the morrow of Hitler's suicide and the end of the Nazi Reich.

I feel compelled to write about the general's speech after all, because I was there.

As a child I was an eye-witness to the last years of the Weimar Republic (so called because its constitution was shaped in Weimar, the town of Goethe and Schiller). As a politically alert boy I witnessed the Nazi Machtergreifung ("taking power") and the first half a year of Nazi rule.

I know what Golan was speaking about. Though we belong to two different generations, we share the same background. Both our families come from small towns in Western Germany. His father and I must have had a lot in common.

There is a strict moral commandment in Israel: nothing can be compared to the Holocaust. The Holocaust is unique. It happened to us, the Jews, because we are unique. (Religious Jews would add: "Because God has chosen us".)

I have broken this commandment. Just before Golan was born, I published (in Hebrew) a book called "The Swastika", in which I recounted my childhood memories and tried to draw conclusions from them. It was on the eve of the Eichmann trial, and I was shocked by the lack of knowledge about the Nazi era among young Israelis then.

My book did not deal with the Holocaust, which took place when I was already living in Palestine, but with a question which troubled me throughout the years, and even today: how could it happen that Germany, perhaps the most cultured nation on earth at the time, the homeland of Goethe, Beethoven and Kant, could democratically elect a raving psychopath like Adolf Hitler as its leader?

The last chapter of the book was entitled "It Can Happen Here!" The title was drawn from a book by the American novelist Sinclair Lewis, called ironically "It Can't Happen Here", in which he described a Nazi take-over of the United States.



In this chapter I discussed the possibility of a Jewish Nazi-like party coming to power in Israel. My conclusion was that a Nazi party can come to power in any country on earth, if the conditions are right. Yes, in Israel, too.

The book was largely ignored by the Israeli public, which at the time was overwhelmed by the storm of emotions evoked by the terrible disclosures of the Eichmann trial.

Now comes General Golan, an esteemed professional soldier, and says the same thing.

And not as an improvised remark, but on an official occasion, wearing his general's uniform, reading from a prepared, well thought-out text. The storm broke out, and has not passed yet.

Israelis have a self-protective habit: when confronted with inconvenient truths, they evade its essence and deal with a secondary, unimportant aspect. Of all the dozens and dozens of reactions in the written press, on TV and on political platforms, almost none confronted the general's painful contention.

No, the furious debate that broke out concerns the questions: Is a high-ranking army officer allowed to voice an opinion about matters that concern the civilian establishment? And do so in army uniform? On an official occasion?

Should an army officer keep quiet about his political convictions? Or voice them only in closed sessions - "in relevant forums", as a furious Binyamin Netanyahu phrased it?

General Golan enjoys a very high degree of respect in the army. As Deputy Chief of Staff he was until now almost certainly a candidate for Chief of Staff, when the incumbent leaves the office after the customary four years.

The fulfillment of this dream shared by every General Staff officer is now very remote. In practice, Golan has sacrificed his further advancement in order to utter his warning and giving it the widest possible resonance.

One can only respect such courage. I have never met General Golan, I believe, and I don't know his political views. But I admire his act.

(Somehow I recall an article published by the British magazine Punch before World War I, when a group of junior army officers issued a statement opposing the government's policy in Ireland. The magazine said that while disapproving the opinion expressed by the mutinous officers, it took pride in the fact that such youthful officers were ready to sacrifice their careers for their convictions.)

The NAZI march to power started in 1929, when a terrible world-wide economic crisis hit Germany. A tiny, ridiculous far-right party suddenly became a political force to be reckoned with. From there it took them four years to become the largest party in the country and to take over power (though it still needed a coalition).

I was there when it happened, a boy in a family in which politics became the main topic at the dinner table. I saw how the republic broke down, gradually, slowly, step by step. I saw our family friends hoisting the swastika flag. I saw my high-school teacher raising his arm when entering the class and saying "Heil Hitler" for the first time (and then reassuring me in private that nothing had changed.)

I was the only Jew in the entire gymnasium (high school.) When the hundreds of boys – all taller than I – raised their arms to sing the Nazi anthem, and I did not, they threatened to break my bones if it happened again.

A few days later we left Germany for good.

General Golan was accused of comparing Israel to Nazi Germany. Nothing of the sort. A careful reading of his text shows that he compared developments in Israel to the events that led to the disintegration of the Weimar Republic. And that is a valid comparison.

Things happening in Israel, especially since the last election, bear a frightening similarity to those events. True, the process is quite different. German fascism arose from the humiliation of surrender in World War I, the occupation of the Ruhr by France and Belgium from 1923-25, the terrible economic crisis of 1929, the misery of millions of unemployed.

Israel is victorious in its frequent military actions, we live comfortable lives. The dangers threatening us are of a quite different nature. They stem from our victories, not from our defeats.

Indeed, the differences between Israel today and Germany then are far greater than the similarities. But those similarities do exist, and the general was right to point them out.

The discrimination against the Palestinians in practically all spheres of life can be compared to the treatment of the Jews in the first phase of Nazi Germany. (The oppression of the Palestinians in the occupied territories resembles more the treatment of the Czechs in the "protectorate" after the Munich betrayal.)

The rain of racist bills in the Knesset, those already adopted and those in the works, strongly resembles the laws adopted by the Reichstag in the early days of the Nazi regime. Some rabbis call for a boycott of Arab shops. Like then. The call "Death to the Arabs" ("Judah verrecke"?) is regularly heard at soccer matches.

A member of parliament has called for the separation between Jewish and Arab newborns in hospital.

A Chief Rabbi has declared that Goyim (non-Jews) were created by God to serve the Jews.

Our Ministers of Education and Culture are busy subduing the schools, theater and arts to the extreme rightist line, something known in German as Gleichschaltung. The Supreme Court, the pride of Israel, is being relentlessly attacked by the Minister of Justice. The Gaza Strip is a huge ghetto.

Of course, no one in their right mind would even remotely compare Netanyahu to the Fuehrer, but there are political parties here which do emit a strong fascist smell.

The political riffraff peopling the present Netanyahu government could easily have found their place in the first Nazi government.


One of the main slogans of our present government is to replace the "old elite", considered too liberal, with a new one. One of the main Nazi slogans was to replace "das System".

By the way, when the Nazis came to power, almost all high-ranking officers of the German army were staunch anti-Nazis. They were even considering a putsch against Hitler.

Their political leader was summarily executed a year later, when Hitler liquidated his opponents in his own party. We are told that General Golan is now protected by a personal bodyguard, something that has never happened to a general in the annals of Israel.

The general did not mention the occupation and the settlements, which are under army rule. But he did mention the episode which occurred shortly before he gave this speech, and which is still shaking Israel now: in occupied Hebron, under army rule, a soldier saw a seriously wounded Palestinian lying helplessly on the ground, approached him and killed him with a shot to the head.

The victim had tried to attack some soldiers with a knife, but did not constitute a threat to anyone any more. This was a clear contravention of army standing orders, and the soldier has been hauled before a court martial.

A cry went up around the country: the soldier is a hero! He should be decorated! Netanyahu called his father to assure him of his support. Avigdor Lieberman entered the crowded courtroom in order to express his solidarity with the soldier. A few days later Netanyahu appointed Lieberman as Minister of Defense, the second most important office in Israel.

Before that, General Golan received robust support both from the Minister of Defense, Moshe Ya'alon, and the Chief of Staff, Gadi Eisenkot. Probably this was the immediate reason for the kicking out of Ya'alon and the appointment of Lieberman in his place. It resembled a putsch.

It seems that Golan is not only a courageous officer, but a prophet, too. The inclusion of Lieberman's party in the government coalition confirms

Golan's blackest fears. This is another fatal blow to the Israeli democracy. Am I condemned to witness the same process for the second time in my life?

It is this incident that aroused the general to speak out and warn the country. I can only salute him.





Related:
ISIS is a US-Israeli Creation: Top Ten “Indications”

Related: The West has a terrorist "catch and release" program, admits proxy army is geopolitical strategy



Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”




All of the following facts are verifiable in the public domain:

1. Netanyahu heads the only undeclared nuclear weapons entity on the planet yet still ludicrously alleges that non­ nuclear Iran is trying to exterminate the state of Israel with its 100s of warheads in its Dimona secret arsenal, (all of which are outside the inspection of the IAEA), in an abortive effort to damage the agreed Iran peace deal, painstakingly negotiated by the UN Security Council members and the EU. His convoluted political machinations, in Washington and Europe, have resulted in ignominious failure as Iran rejoins the international community.

2. His government also refuses to be a party to both the Chemical and Biological Weapons Conventions (CWC / BWC) to which all EU members and most other UN states are signatories

3. His right­wing, extremist government supports the continued illegal occupation and settlement of the Palestinian West Bank, East Jerusalem and the Golan Heights in violation of international law, in addition to continuing a blockade of essential materials to 1.8 million in Gaza that has received global condemnation.

4. He exerts a wholly undemocratic influence over the Republican­ AIPAC dominated US congress in Washington thereby disproportionately skewing American foreign policy in favour of Israel

5. His family background includes a documented association with terrorist organisations notably the Irgun Zvai Leumi paramilitaries

6. His government is in continued breach of the human rights provisions of the EU Association Agreement that affords Israel free trade access to the European single market

7. He allows the so­called ‘pricetag’ terrorists to continue to persecute Arab residents in the Occupied Territories by the burning and destruction of olive groves and businesses in a program of uncontrolled intimidation and violence

8. He continually threatens to restrict access to Jerusalem’s Al­ Aqsa mosque as did his failed predecessor, Ariel Sharon, apparently in a bid to provoke violence and dissent

9. He is the leader of a party whose published charter requires the ethnic cleansing of all indigenous Palestinians in order to establish a Greater Israel in all of former Palestine

10. Likud’s official agenda to establish the so­called ‘facts on the ground’ is a blatant attempt to abort the establishment of an independent Palestinian state. This illegal program has recently been condemned by China as well as by the EU, Russia and the US and is now expected to lead to economic, political and sporting sanctions.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis - And Why
July 11 2016 | From: GarretGalland

Rothschild bag man George Soros could seamlessly step into the role as the real-life version of a super-villain in a James Bond novel. To give credit where credit is due, Stephen did the considerable leg work for this article and what he uncovered surprised even me.



George Soros is trading again. The 85-year-old political activist and philanthropist hit the headlines post-Brexit saying the event had “unleashed” a financial-market crisis.

Related: George Soros: A Psychopath’s Psychopath

Well, the crisis hasn’t hit Soros just yet. He was once again on the right side of the trade, taking a short position in troubled Deutsche Bank and betting against the S&P via a 2.1-million-share put option on the SPDR S&P 500 ETF.

More interestingly, Soros recently took out a $264 million position in Barrick Gold, whose share price has jumped over 14% since Brexit. Along with this trade, Soros has sold his positions in many of his traditional holdings.

Soros had recently announced he was coming out of retirement, again.



Click on the image above to see Soros lates trades online

First retiring in 2000, the only other time Soros has publicly re-entered the markets was in 2007, when he placed a number of bearish bets on US housing and ultimately made a profit of over $1 billion from the trades.

Since the 1980s, Soros has actively been pursuing a globalist agenda; he advances this agenda through his Open Society Foundations (OSF).

What is this globalist agenda, and where does it come from?


The Humble Beginnings

The globalist seed was sowed for young George by his father, Tivadar, a Jewish lawyer who was a strong proponent of Esperanto. Esperanto is a language created in 1887 by L.L. Zamenhof, a Polish eye doctor, for the purpose of “transcending national borders” and “overcoming the natural indifference of mankind.”

Tivadar taught young George Esperanto and forced him to speak it at home. In 1936, as Hitler was hosting the Olympics in Berlin, Tivadar changed the family name from Schwartz to Soros, an Esperanto word meaning “will soar.”

George Soros, who was born and raised in Budapest, Hungary, benefited greatly from his father’s decision.

Allegedly, in 1944, 14-year-old George Soros went to work for the invading Nazis. It is said that until the end of the war in 1945, he worked with a government official, helping him confiscate property from the local Jewish population.

In an 1998 interview with 60 Minutes, Soros described the year of German occupation as “the happiest time in my life.”


Soros’s Venture into Finance

When the war ended, Soros moved to London and in 1947 enrolled in the London School of Economics where he studied under Karl Popper, the Austrian-British philosopher who was one of the first proponents of an “Open Society.”

Soros then worked at several merchant banks in London before moving to New York in 1963. In 1970, he founded Soros Fund Management and in 1973 created the Quantum Fund in partnership with investor Jim Rogers.

The fund made annual returns of over 30%, cementing Soros’s reputation and putting him in a position of power—one he utilizes to this day to advance the agenda of his mentors.


The Currency Speculations That Threw Britain and Asia into Crisis

In the 1990s, Soros began a string of large bets against national currencies. The first was in 1992, when he sold short the pound sterling and made a $1 billion profit in a single day.

His next big currency speculation came in 1997. This time Soros singled out the Thai baht and, with heavy short-selling volume, destroyed the baht’s artificial peg to the US dollar, which started the Asian financial crisis.


“Humanitarian” Efforts

Today, Soros’s net worth stands at $23 billion. Since taking a back seat in his company, Soros Fund Management, in 2000, Soros has been focusing on his philanthropic efforts, which he carries out through the Open Society Foundations he founded in 1993.

So who does he donate to, and what causes does he support?

During the 1980s and 1990s, Soros used his extraordinary wealth to bankroll and fund revolutions in dozens of European nations, including Czechoslovakia, Croatia, and Yugoslavia. He achieved this by funneling money to political opposition parties, publishing houses, and independent media in these nations.

If you wonder why Soros meddled in these nations’ affairs, part of the answer may lie in the fact that during and after the chaos, he invested heavily in assets in each of the respective countries.

He then used Columbia University economist Jeffrey Sachs to advise the fledgling governments to privatize all public assets immediately, thus allowing Soros to sell the assets he had acquired during the turmoil into newly formed open markets.

Having succeeded in advancing his agenda in Europe through regime change - and profiting in the process - he soon turned his attention to the big stage, the United States.


The Big Time

In 2004, Soros stated;


"I deeply believe in the values of an open society. For the past 15 years I have been focusing my efforts abroad; now I am doing it in the United States.”


Since then, Soros has been funding groups such as:

The American Institute for Social Justice, whose aim is to “transform poor communities through lobbying for increased government spending on social programs”

The New America Foundation, whose aim is to “influence public opinion on such topics as environmentalism and global governance”

The Migration Policy Institute, whose aim is to “bring about an illegal immigrant resettlement policy and increase social welfare benefits for illegals”

Soros also uses his Open Society Foundations to funnel money to the progressive media outlet, Media Matters.

Soros funnels the money through a number of leftist groups, including the Tides Foundation, Center for American Progress, and the Democracy Alliance in order to circumvent the campaign finance laws he helped lobby for.

Why has Soros donated so much capital and effort to these organizations? For one simple reason: to buy political power.

Democratic politicians who go against the progressive narrative will see their funding cut and be attacked in media outlets such as Media Matters, which also directly contribute to mainstream sites such as NBC, Al Jazeera, and The New York Times.

Apart from the $5 billion Soros’s foundation has donated to groups like those cited above, he has also made huge contributions to the Democratic Party and its most prominent members, like Joe Biden, Barack Obama, and of course Bill and Hillary Clinton.


Best Friends with the Clintons

Soros’s relationship with the Clintons goes back to 1993, around the time when OSF was founded. They have become close friends, and their enduring relationship goes well beyond donor status.





According to the book, The Shadow Party, by Horowitz and Poe, at a 2004 “Take Back America” conference where Soros was speaking, the former first lady introduced him saying;


"[W]e need people like George Soros, who is fearless and willing to step up when it counts.”

Soros began supporting Hillary Clinton’s current presidential run in 2013, taking a senior role in the “Ready for Hillary” group.

Since then, Soros has donated over $15 million to pro-Clinton groups and Super PACs.

More recently, Soros has given more than $33 million to the Black Lives Matter group, which has been involved in outbreaks of social unrest in Ferguson, Missouri, and Baltimore, Maryland, in 2015.

Both of these incidents contributed to a worsening of race relations across America.

The same group heavily criticized Democratic contender Bernie Sanders for his alleged track record of supporting racial inequality, helping to undercut him as a competitive threat with one of Hillary Clinton’s most ardent constituencies.

This, of course, greatly enhances the clout Soros wields through the groups mentioned above. It is safe to assume that he is now able to drive Democratic policy, especially in an administration headed by Hillary Clinton.

Simply, what Soros wants, he gets. And it’s clear from his history that he wants to smudge away national borders and create the sort of globalist nightmare represented by the European Union.

In recent years, Soros has turned his attention back to Europe. Is it a coincidence that the continent is currently in economic and social disarray?


Another Home Run: the Ukrainian Conflict

There’s no doubt about Soros’s great influence on US foreign policy. In an October 1995 PBS interview with Charlie Rose, he said, “I do now have access [to US Deputy Secretary of State Strobe Talbott]. There is no question. We actually work together [on Eastern European policy].”

Soros’s meddling reared its ugly head again in the Russia-Ukraine conflict, which began in early 2014.

In a May 2014 interview with CNN, Soros stated he was responsible for establishing a foundation in the Ukraine that ultimately led to the overthrow of the country’s elected leader and the installation of a junta handpicked by the US State Department, at the time headed by none other than Hillary Clinton:


CNN Host: First on Ukraine, one of the things that many people recognized about you was that you during the revolutions of 1989 funded a lot of dissident activities, civil society groups in Eastern Europe and Poland, the Czech Republic. Are you doing similar things in Ukraine?

Soros: Well, I set up a foundation in Ukraine before Ukraine became independent of Russia. And the foundation has been functioning ever since and played an important part in events now.




The war that ripped through the Ukrainian region of Donbass resulted in the deaths of over 10,000 people and the displacement of over 1.4 million people. As collateral damage, a Malaysia Airlines passenger jet was shot down, killing all 298 on board.

But once again Soros was there to profit from the chaos he helped create. His prize in Ukraine was the state-owned energy monopoly Naftogaz.

Soros again had his US cronies, Secretary of the Treasury Jack Lew and US consulting company McKinsey, advise the puppet government of Ukraine to privatize Naftogaz.

Although Soros’s exact stake in Naftogaz has not been disclosed, in a 2014 memo he pledged to invest up to $1 billion in Ukrainian businesses, but no other Ukrainian holdings have since been reported.


His Latest Success: The European Refugee Crisis

Soros’s agenda is fundamentally about the destruction of national borders. This has recently been shown very clearly with his funding of the European refugee crisis.

The refugee crisis has been blamed on the civil war currently raging in Syria. But did you ever wonder how all these people suddenly knew Europe would open its gates and let them in?

The refugee crisis is not a naturally occurring phenomenon. It coincided with OSF donating money to the US-based Migration Policy Institute and the Platform for International Cooperation on Undocumented Migrants, both Soros-sponsored organizations.

Both groups advocate the resettlement of third-world Muslims into Europe.

In 2015, a Sky News reporter found “Migrant Handbooks” on the Greek island of Lesbos. It was later revealed that the handbooks, which are written in Arabic, had been given to refugees before crossing the Mediterranean by a group called “Welcome to the EU.”

Welcome to the EU is funded by - you guessed it - the Open Society Foundations.

Soros has not only backed groups that advocate the resettlement of third-world migrants into Europe, he in fact is the architect of the “Merkel Plan.”



The massive Muslim integration into Europe is a Trojan Horse plan

The Merkel Plan was created by the European Stability Initiative whose chairman Gerald Knaus is a senior fellow at none other than the Open Society Foundations.

Related: Atlantic Puppeteers: Who is Behind 'The Merkel Plan' and EU Refugee Policy

The plan proposes that Germany should grant asylum to 500,000 Syrian refugees. It also states that Germany, along with other European nations, should agree to help Turkey, a country that’s 98% Muslim, gain visa-free travel within the EU starting in 2016.


Political Discourse

The refugee crisis has raised huge concern in European countries like Hungary. In response to 7,000 migrants entering Hungarian territory per day in 2015, the Hungarian government reestablished border control in order to keep the hordes of refugees from entering the country.

Of course this did not go down well with Soros and his close allies, the Clintons.

Bill Clinton has since come out and accused both Poland and Hungary of thinking “democracy is too much trouble” and wanting to have a “Putin-like authoritarian dictatorship.”

Seeing through Clinton’s comments, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán responded by saying:


"The remarks made about Hungary and Poland… have a political dimension. These are not accidental slips of the tongue.

And these slips or remarks have been multiplying since we are living in the era of the migrant crisis.

And we all know that behind the leaders of the Democratic Party, we have to see George Soros.”

He went on to say that “although the mouth belongs to Clinton, the voice belongs to Soros.

Soros has since said of Orbán’s policy toward the migrants:

“His plan treats the protection of national borders as the objective and the refugees as an obstacle.

Our plan treats the protection of refugees as the objective and national borders as the obstacle.”

It’s hard to imagine that he could be any clearer in his globalist intentions.

Related: Shots Fired: Wikileaks Accuses Panama Papers' Leaker Of Being "Soros-Funded, Soft-Power Tax Dodge" + Rothschild's Primer: How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists"


The Profit Motive

So why is Soros going to such lengths to flood Europe with hordes of third-world Muslims? We can’t be sure, but it has recently come to light that Soros has taken a large series of “bearish derivative positions” against US stocks. Apparently, he thinks that causing chaos in Europe will spread the contagion to the United States, thus sending US markets spiraling downward.

The destruction of Europe through flooding it with millions of unassimilated Muslims is a direct plan to cause economic and social chaos on the Continent.

Another example of turmoil equaling profit for George Soros, who seems to have his tentacles in most geopolitical events.

We all understand correlation is not causation. However, given Soros’s extraordinary wealth, political connections, and his long track record of seeing and profiting from chaos, he is almost certainly a catalyst for much of the geopolitical turmoil now occurring.

He is intent on destroying national borders and creating a global governance structure with unlimited powers.

From his comments directed toward Viktor Orbán, we can see he clearly views national leaders as his juniors, expecting them to become puppets that sell his narrative to the ignorant masses.

Soros sees himself as a missionary carrying out the globalist agenda taught to him by his early mentors. He uses his vast political connections to influence government policy and create crises, both economic and social, to further this agenda.

By all appearances, Soros is conspiring against humanity and is hell-bent on the destruction of Western democracies.

To any rational thinker, some global events just don’t make sense. Why, for example, would Western democracies take in millions of people whose values are completely incompatible with their own?

When we look closely at the agenda being actively promoted by the leading globalist puppet master, George Soros, things become a little clearer.


On Soros & Gold

There is a naturally occurring and constant collaboration about shared interests occurring amongst the heads of governments, corporations, investment managers and all of the bottom feeders that survive off their scraps.

What is so interesting about Soros is that he is so obvious in his intentions and persistent in their pursuit. Given the consequences of his actions, it is also clear he’s a believer in moral relativism and that the ends justify the means.

That he turns a nice buck in his crusade for what certainly rhymes with a one-world government is a Soros hallmark.

“It allows me the money needed to fund my philanthropies” he might answer to the charges he is profiting from blood in the streets he was instrumental in spilling.

Going forward when something big is happening geopolitically, I am going to start my analysis by checking under rocks for signs of Soros.

At the beginning of this article we noted that Soros has gone big into American Barrick (ABX), a leading gold producer. As of the end of March it was his single largest holding at 7.36% of his overall portfolio.

As telling, he has dumped a lot of his more conventional stocks in recent months.

Related: George Soros Sells All Shares Of Citigroup, Bank Of America And JP Morgan

Given the man’s inside track – and active manipulations – you might want to take the hint and pick up some physical gold as an insurance policy against a systematic shock.

If you already own gold, I probably wouldn’t chase it here as it has had a good run of late. Ditto silver which is up 46% year to date. But if you don’t own some, adding precious metals to your portfolio as a long-term holding, even at today’s prices, makes sense.


As always with gold shares, it is important to remember a few things:

In most cases, these are speculations. That’s because their financial metrics often don’t line up with anything looking like a good value. What you are really betting on is a revaluation of the ounces of gold or silver a company is sitting on.  Thus, if a company is sitting on one million ounces of gold and gold goes up by $100, the company just got a lot more valuable.

Never fall in love with a gold stock.  Set a rational return goal and once hit, at least scrape your original investment off the table. That way you are playing with the casino’s money.

Also per my article last week, keep in mind that should gold stocks buck the trend in a future global equities correction, the money managers who own big positions in gold stocks will almost certainly dump their holdings in order to dress up the rest of their portfolios. As the trading volume in precious metals share is relatively thin, you want to beat them out the door.
 
Embrace the volatility. The low trading volume of most of these stocks is a key reason they have such explosive upside. Any significant uptick in investor interest can send a stock soaring.


Here Come the Clowns

Nothing comes close to the Get Out of Jail card handed by the clowns at the FBI to Hillary over her private email servers. This despite pretty much no one disputes she broke any number of federal laws of the sort which would have landed a lesser clown in jail.



To quote FBI Director James Comey;


"Although there is evidence of potential violations of the statutes regarding the handling of classified information, our judgment is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case.”

There is nuance in that statement. For starters, that there is evidence of violations. But also the stark political reality that no “reasonable prosecutor” would enforce the laws, considering who the perp is: the standard bearer for the Democrats going into this election.

Besides, going after Clinton means crossing swords with Soros and no “reasonable prosecutor” would want to do that.

Related: Wikileaks Asks If This Is The "Smoking Gun" Email That Will Bring Down Hillary + The Full List Of 92 Paychecks Hillary Collected From Wall Street


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Did The Dallas Shootings Really Happen?
July 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Is the Dallas police shooting a false flag affair in behalf of gun control? Is it the result of a war veteran suffering from post traumatic stress disorder? Is the shooting the beginning of retribution for thousands of wanton police murders of US citizens in the 21st century? Or is there some other explanation?



We will never know. The perpetrator is dead. The authorities will tell us whatever suits the purposes of authority.

Related: Dallas Shootings: White Supremacists Succeeded in Provoking Black Extremism

Related: If the Shooting of Dallas Police Surprises You, You Haven’t Been Paying Attention

Related: Culprits Behind Dallas Police Massacre Revealed

We could say that the police have brought this on themselves by their undisciplined and violent behavior toward the public. On the other hand, we can hold the police chiefs, the police unions, the mayors and city councils, the governors, prosecutors, and the Justice (sic) Department responsible for failure to hold accountable those cops who murder and commit gratuitous violence against the public.

When police execute someone, the excuse is always something like this: “He reached under his shirt to his waistband. I thought he had a gun. I didn’t want to leave my children fatherless and my wife a widow.” The murdered victim’s wife and children, if any, are of no consequence.

Conservatives, especially those taught to be fearful of crime, have scant objection to police murders. Their view is always: “The police wouldn’t have shot him without cause.” The same bias in favor of the police is why conservative jurors always convict.

The liberals tend to interpret the shootings as racism, so they want to combat racism.



The real problem is that public authorities do not protect the public from gratuitous violence. Therefore, hatred and disrespect for the police are growing. Routine murders by police–several each day, almost all of which go unpunished–are generating the kind of anger that causes people to snap and to reply to violence with violence.

If the criminal justice system applied also to the police, the police would think twice before they wantonly murder.

Being a police officer is not supposed to be risk free. A police officer should be concerned about the public, not merely his own family. We cannot accept gratuitous police violence on the grounds that the officer’s behavior is dictated by his concerns for his own family. If an officer cannot accept the risks of being a police officer, he should find a different occupation.

Police violence is out of control because mayors, prosecutors, and governors are failing the public by refusing to put a halt to it. According to conservatives, punishment deters crime, but they do not apply this to the police.



Police violence is also out of control because of the revolution in police training which teaches police to protect themselves and to subdue the suspect regardless of cost. A number of former police officers have written to me that the reason they gave up the occupation is that today police are being trained to be killers like soldiers.

If a former police officer or someone knowledgeable about this training would describe it and its history, where it originated and why, I will post it on the website.


Who is Really Responsible for the Shooting?

Black Lives Matter’ is a domestic terrorist organization that has been given legitimacy by the media and the Obama administration.




Related: Black Power Group Claims Responsibility for Killing Police in Dallas


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Exposed: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences
July 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

More Obscuration From The British Establishment: Sir John Chilcot, a member of the British establishment and also a member of the Butler Inquiry, the responsibility of which was to determine if the so-called “intelligence” used as the excuse for the US/UK invasion of Saddam Hussein’s Iraq was “fixed” to justify the invasion, has, after seven years of delay, finally issued its report.



Remember, there was a leaked memo from the head of British intelligence that the intelligence justifying the Iraqi Invasion was “fixed” or orchestrated to produce the justification for the invasion, a war crime under the Nuremberg standard established by the United States.

Related: Invasion of Iraq, The Secret Downing Street Memo: “Intelligence and Facts were being Fixed”

Chilcot’s job was to make this fact go away or assume less importance and to protect the Butler Inquiry’s orchestrated verdict that, despite the word of the head of British intelligence, the intelligence was not fixed.

In other words, Sir John’s assigned task under the guise of an “impartial inquiry” was to absolve former UK PM and war criminal Tony Blair not of all responsibility but of all responsibility deserving of prosecution.



Sir John’s report is akin to FBI director Comey’s report on Hillary: They did it but they didn’t do it enough to be prosecuted.

Related: Crimes Against Peace: The Chilcot Inquiry, Tony Blair and Iraq

Related: The Truth About Chilcot: The Inquiry, Who’s Who?

In the context of democratic politics, if such existed in England, Tony Blair would be in the crosshairs of the ruling UK party, the Tories or Conservatives. Yet, as both parties represent the same private interest groups, the Conservative Prime Minister, David Cameron, who has announced his resignation effective next October, rushed to the opposition party’s defense and gave in Parliament what former British Ambassador Craig Murray calls a;


"Dishonest, apologia for the invasion that bore no relationship to the Chilcot report.”

The UK media, for the most part, also came out in defense of Tony Blair, the war criminal and liar, providing, according to Amb. Murray;


"Uunlimited airtime to Blair and his defender Alastair Campbell”
and “almost no airtime to those who campaigned against the war.”

Here is the judgement of a British Ambassador, Craig Murray:

“Blair is still a creature of absolute self-serving slime.”



You could make the same judgment on almost every member of the Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama regimes.

And Hillary’s regime would be even worse. My prediction is that life on earth would not survive Hillary’s first term.

Related Articles:

Is the Coup Against Corbyn a Plot to Spare Tony Blair from War Crimes Probe?

ICC Won’t Try Blair for War Crimes In Spite of Damning Chilcot Report, Here’s Why

Tariq Ali on Chilcot Iraq Report: Tony Blair is a War Criminal for Pushing Us into Illegal War

Behind the Headlines: Britain's Secret Wars: Interview with T.J. Coles

Chilcot, Israel and the Lobby

From Winston Churchill to Tony Blair: How British Leaders Destroyed Iraq for over a Century


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

WikiLeaks Rolls Out Archive Of Over 1,200 ‘Clinton Iraq War’ Emails: FBI Recommends "No Charges" Against Hillary Clinton
July 7 2016 | From: RT / ZeroHedge / Various

Surprise, surprise. The establisment want Hitlery in office no matter what. In a surprising statement, FBI director James Comey announced that Federal officials have decided not to pursue federal charges against Hillary Clinton for her private email setup, an announcement that will send a shockwave throughout national politics.




The now-infamous whistleblowing website has published an archive of what is said to be over 1,200 of Hillary Clinton's private emails pertaining to the Iraq War. Julian Assange previously said that the release would be “enough to indict her.”


Related: Trump Launches LyingCrookedHillary.com + A Clinton Expose

On Monday, WikiLeaks tweeted a link to a search aggregate of 1,258 emails that Clinton wrote or received discussing US engagement in Iraq while she headed the State Department. The Iraq War email bundle is part of a trove of Clinton's correspondence that was released by the State Department in February, under the Freedom of Information Act..





In March, WikiLeaks launched a searchable archive consisting of 30,322 emails from Hillary Clinton’s private email server that she used while serving as Secretary of State. The 50,547 pages of documents cover Clinton's correspondence from 30 June 2010 to 12 August 2014. Out of that number, 7,570 of the documents were sent by Hillary Clinton.

The use of private email for state-run business has become a thorn in the side of Hillary Clinton's presidential campaign. With Democratic convention just weeks away, the public eye is following a close watch of a potential grand jury indictment.

Related: After FBI grilling, Hillary Clinton calls husband's chat with Attorney General 'chance meeting'

This past weekend, the FBI spent more than three hours questioning Clinton about the email scandal, but as elections loom, the Bureau has yet to issue a report on its findings.

It has been a year since inspectors general from the State Department and federal intelligence agencies referred the case of Clinton’s server to the Justice Department last July.

The FBI questioning fell days after it was reported that former president Bill Clinton had held talks with Attorney General Loretta Lynch, responsible for the government’s investigation of Hillary Clinton’s emails. Clinton denied that her husband's meeting with Lynch had anything to do with the email investigation.

Many believe that the former Secretary of State will not be indicted for her use of private email.


"
That’s just not going to happen," Senator Cory Booker of New Jersey, told CNN's State of the Union program Sunday. "That’s something that, to me, is not within the realm of possibility."

"I am not worried about it," Democratic Senator Sherrod Brown told ABC’s This Week on Sunday.

"There will not be an indictment, and that means she did what many secretaries of state have done in the past."



Prior to Monday's release, the founder of WikiLeaks, Julian Assange warned that "upcoming leaks in relation to Hillary Clinton" would be enough to indict her.


"
We've accumulated a lot of material about Hillary Clinton. We could proceed to an indictment," Assange told ITV.

Yet at the same time, the whistleblower said that despite overwhelming evidence calling for an indictment, Lynch “will never” proceed with the charges.

Related: Americans React With Fury: ‘If Hillary Doesn’t Follow the Law, Why Should I?’


FBI Recommends "No Charges" Against Hillary Clinton

FBI director James Comey announced that Federal officials have decided not to pursue federal charges against Hillary Clinton for her private email setup, an announcement that will send a shockwave throughout national politics.

What is shocking is Comey's admission that Clinton used not one but several different email servers, adding that 110 emails contained classified information and 8 contained top secret information, he also reported that Clinton did not turn over "several thousand" emails to the FBI and added that due to Hillary's sloppy set up, it is possible that "hostile actors" got access to Clinton's emails.

Related: Why Hillary Clinton Won't Allow Her Corporate Speeches to be Published

Yet, despite all these "facts", the FBI has decided not to proceed with recommending charges.

It appears that the FBI is implying that the only reason why no charges will be filed is because there was no "intent", and yet according to the US criminal code, specifically U.S. Code Section  793 - "Gathering, transmitting or losing defense information" subsection (f), intent in this case is not required for prosection:


"
Whoever, being entrusted with or having lawful possession or control of any document, writing, code book, signal book, sketch, photograph, photographic negative, blueprint, plan, map, model, instrument, appliance, note, or information, relating to the national defense,

(1) through gross negligence permits the same to be removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone in violation of his trust, or to be lost, stolen, abstracted, or destroyed, or

(2) having knowledge that the same has been illegally removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone in violation of its trust, or lost, or stolen, abstracted, or destroyed, and fails to make prompt report of such loss, theft, abstraction, or destruction to his superior officer

- Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both."

As the Hill adds, the juxtaposition is likely to inflame White House critics, who have insisted that political pressures would prevent any chance of an indictment for Clinton, regardless of the damage to national security.  Obama has previously weighed in to dismiss concerns about the investigation - to the ire of Republicans and federal investigators.

Last week, Attorney General Loretta Lynch said that she would defer judgment to the FBI and career Justice Department prosecutors, following a private and extremely controversial 30-minute meeting with former President Bill Clinton.

The decision left Comey as the public face of the investigation, in what some viewed as an opportunity for the hard-nosed maverick to buck political pressures and act against Clinton. 


“It is impossible for the FBI not to recommend criminal charges against Hillary Clinton,”her presumptive general election opponent, Donald Trump, said on Twitter this weekend.

“What she did was wrong! What Bill did was stupid!”

The FBI began its probe connected to Clinton last summer, when inspectors general at the State Department and federal intelligence agencies referred Clinton's "homebrew" email arrangement to the Justice Department for review. The bespoke setup might have jeopardized sensitive national secrets, investigators warned.

Roughly one-in-15 of the work-related messages that Clinton sent or received on the private server have been classified at some level, according to the trove of 30,000 emails that she handed over to the State Department. Twenty-two emails were classified as top secret - the highest level of secrecy.



In May, the State Department's inspector general released a scathing report claiming that Clinton had never asked to use the unconventional setup while in office, and that the request would have been denied if she had. Comey has been under the gun to finalize the investigation before the presidential nominating conventions later this month. 

While the FBI director has insisted that he had no deadline to complete the probe, a delay past the end of the month would have been interpreted as a sign of trouble for her campaign.

Some of the initial reactions were less then excited by the FBI's admission that while Clinton may have been "extremely careless" she did not commit a crime:

Read more at: ZeroHedge


Related Articles:

Attorneys, Media Dumbfounded Hillary Got Off; Obama Says ‘No one is more qualified’ To Be President

What Is Hillary Clinton Hiding?

Trump: ‘On Nov. 8, Hillary Will Pay for her Sins’

Here’s why FBI didn’t Indict Hillary Clinton

Trump Ad Features Comey Exposing Hillary’s Lies



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Hunter: He Was A Hacker For The NSA And He Was Willing To Talk - I Was Willing To Listen
July 5 2016 | From: TheIntercept

The message arrived at night and consisted of three words: “Good evening sir!” The sender was a hacker who had written a series of provocative memos at the National Security Agency.



His secret memos had explained - with an earthy use of slang and emojis that was unusual for an operative of the largest eavesdropping organization in the world - how the NSA breaks into the digital accounts of people who manage computer networks, and how it tries to unmask people who use Tor to browse the web anonymously.

Outlining some of the NSA’s most sensitive activities, the memos were leaked by Edward Snowden, and I had written about a few of them for The Intercept.

There is no Miss Manners for exchanging pleasantries with a man the government has trained to be the digital equivalent of a Navy SEAL. Though I had initiated the contact, I was wary of how he might respond.

The hacker had publicly expressed a visceral dislike for Snowden and had accused The Intercept of jeopardizing lives by publishing classified information. One of his memos outlined the ways the NSA reroutes (or “shapes”) the internet traffic of entire countries, and another memo was titled “I Hunt Sysadmins.” I felt sure he could hack anyone’s computer, including mine.

The only NSA workers the agency has permitted me to talk with are the ones in its public affairs office who tell me I cannot talk with anyone else. Thanks to the documents leaked by Snowden, however, I have been able to write about a few characters at the NSA.

There was, for instance, a novelist-turned-linguist who penned an ethics column for the NSA’s in-house newsletter, and there was a mid-level manager who wrote an often zany advice column called “Ask Zelda!” But their classified writings, while revealing, could not tell me everything I wanted to know about the mindset of the men and women who spy on the world for the U.S. government.

I got lucky with the hacker, because he recently left the agency for the cybersecurity industry; it would be his choice to talk, not the NSA’s. Fortunately, speaking out is his second nature. While working for the NSA, he had publicly written about his religious beliefs, and he was active on social media.



So I replied to his greeting and we began an exchange of cordial messages. He agreed to a video chat that turned into a three-hour discussion sprawling from the ethics of surveillance to the downsides of home improvements and the difficulty of securing your laptop.


"I suppose why I talk is partially a personal compulsion to not necessarily reconcile two sides or different viewpoints but to just try to be honest about the way things are,” he told me. “Does that make sense?”

The hacker was at his home, wearing a dark hoodie that bore the name of one of his favorite heavy metal bands, Lamb of God. I agreed not to use his name in my story, so I’ll just refer to him as the Lamb. I could see a dime-store bubble-gum machine behind him, a cat-scratching tree, and attractive wood beams in the ceiling.

But his home was not a tranquil place. Workmen were doing renovations, so the noise of a buzz saw and hammering intruded, his wife called him on the phone, and I could hear the sound of barking. “Sorry, my cats are taunting my dog,” he said, and later the animal in question, a black-and-white pit bull, jumped onto his lap and licked his face.

The Lamb wore a T-shirt under his hoodie and florid tattoos on his arms and smiled when I said, mostly in jest, that his unruly black beard made him look like a member of the Taliban, though without a turban. He looked very hacker, not very government.



When most of us think of hackers, we probably don’t think of government hackers. It might even seem odd that hackers would want to work for the NSA - and that the NSA would want to employ them. But the NSA employs legions of hackers, as do other agencies, including the FBI, CIA, DEA, DHS, and Department of Defense.

Additionally, there are large numbers of hackers in the corporate world, working for military contractors like Booz Allen, SAIC, and Palantir. The reason is elegantly simple: You cannot hack the world without hackers.

In popular shows and movies such as “Mr. Robot” and “The Matrix,” hackers tend to be presented as unshaven geeks loosely connected to collectives like Anonymous, or to Romanian crime syndicates that steal credit cards by the millions, or they are teenagers who don’t realize their online mischief will get them into a boatload of trouble when Mom finds out.

The stereotypes differ in many ways but share a trait: They are transgressive anti-authoritarians with low regard for social norms and laws. You would not expect these people to work for The Man, but they do, in droves. If you could poll every hacker in the U.S. and ask whether they practice their trade in dark basements or on official payrolls, a large number would likely admit to having pension plans. Who knows, it could be the majority.

This may qualify as one of the quietest triumphs for the U.S. government since 9/11: It has co-opted the skills and ideals of a group of outsiders whose anti-establishment tilt was expressed two decades ago by Matt Damon during a famous scene in Good Will Hunting. Damon, playing a math genius being recruited by the NSA, launches into a scathing riff about the agency serving the interests of government and corporate evil rather than ordinary people.



Sure, he could break a code for the NSA and reveal the location of a rebel group in North Africa or the Middle East, but the result would be a U.S. bombing attack in which “1,500 people that I never met, never had a problem with, get killed.” He turns down the offer.

In recent years, two developments have helped make hacking for the government a lot more attractive than hacking for yourself. First, the Department of Justice has cracked down on freelance hacking, whether it be altruistic or malignant. If the DOJ doesn’t like the way you hack, you are going to jail.

Meanwhile, hackers have been warmly invited to deploy their transgressive impulses in service to the homeland, because the NSA and other federal agencies have turned themselves into licensed hives of breaking into other people’s computers. For many, it’s a techno sandbox of irresistible delights, according to Gabriella Coleman, a professor at McGill University who studies hackers.


"The NSA is a very exciting place for hackers because you have unlimited resources, you have some of the best talent in the world, whether it’s cryptographers or mathematicians or hackers,”
she said. “It is just too intellectually exciting not to go there.”

Revealingly, one of the documents leaked by Snowden and published by The Intercept last year was a classified interview with a top NSA hacker (not the Lamb) who exulted that his job was awesome because “we do things that you can’t do anywhere else in the country … at least not legally.

We are gainfully employed to hack computers owned by al-Qa’ida!” Asked about the kind of people he works with at the NSA, he replied, “Hackers, geeks, nerds … There’s an annual event for hackers in Las Vegas called DEF CON, and many of us attend. When there, we feel as though we are among our bretheren! [sic] We all have a similar mindset of wanting to tear things apart, to dig in, to see how things work.”

In 2012, Gen. Keith Alexander, the NSA director at the time, even attended DEF CON wearing blue jeans and a black T-shirt that bore the logo of the Electronic Frontier Foundation, an anti-surveillance organization that is beloved by hackers and other good citizens of the world.

To coincide with Alexander’s visit, the NSA had created a special webpage to recruit the hackers at DEF CON. “If you have a few, shall we say, indiscretions in your past, don’t be alarmed,” the webpage stated. “You shouldn’t automatically assume you won’t be hired.” Alexander’s personal pitch was even more direct: “In this room right here is the talent we need.”

If you are willing to become a patriot hacker, Uncle Sam wants you.



As a teenager, the Lamb was a devout Christian who attended church two or three times a week, yet he also participated in online forums for Satanists and atheists. He wanted to learn what others believed and why they believed it, and he wanted to hear their responses to questions he raised. If his beliefs could not withstand challenges from opposing ones, they might not be worth keeping.


"As a Christian, I believe the Bible, and one of the things it says is if you seek the truth, you should find it,”
he told me. “If I started to come across facts that contradicted what I believed and contradicted the way that I thought about things, I had to be open to confronting them and determining how I would integrate them into my life and my thought system.”

Before he became a hacker, the Lamb had the restless spirit of one. After high school, he attended a Christian university for a year but dropped out and joined the military as a linguist. He was assigned to the NSA, and although he told me his computer skills were modest at the time, he was intrigued by the mysteries inside the machines.


"I started doing some basic computer training, like ‘Oh, here’s how computers talk to each other and network’ and that sort of stuff,”
he said. “I enjoyed that far more than trying to maintain a language that I rarely used.”

He devoured books on computers and experimented on his own time, using an application called Wireshark to see how network data was moving to and from his own computer.

He picked up a bit of programming knowledge, and he asked agency veterans for tips. As he wrote in one of his memos, “If you want to learn crazy new things… why not walk around NSA, find people in offices that do things you find interesting, and talk to them about how they do what they do.”

Screenshot from NSA document

Like Snowden, he did not need a formal education to succeed. Snowden, after all, dropped out of high school and mastered computers through self-education. As an NSA contractor, he rose to a position that gave him access to broad swaths of the agency’s networks.

While Snowden was a systems administrator, the Lamb became an expert in network analysis and was well-versed in the crucial trick of shaping traffic from one place to another - for instance, sending it from an ISP in a foreign country to an NSA server.

The Lamb’s work was important, but his memos are remarkably irreverent, even cocky. I’ve read a fair number of NSA documents, and not one contains as much hacker and internet lingo as his; he used words like “skillz” and “internetz” and “ZOMG!” and phrases like “pwn the network” and “Dude! Map all the networks!!!” Some of what he wrote is just cheerily impudent, like the opening line of one memo: “Happy Friday my esteemed and valued intelligence Community colleagues!” Another memo began, “Welcome back, comrade!”



While poking gentle fun at the government hackers he worked with, the Lamb dismissed the amateur hackers on the outside. He identified himself and his highly trained colleagues at the NSA as a breed apart - a superior breed, much in the way that soldiers look down on weekend paintballers. Perhaps this shouldn’t be altogether surprising, because arrogance is one of the unfortunate hallmarks of the male-dominated hacker culture.

At the NSA, this hubris can perhaps serve as an ethical lubricant that eases the task of hacking other people: They are not as special as you are, they do not have the magical powers you possess, they are targets first and humans second.

As the Lamb wrote in one of his memos;


"When I first went to Blackhat/Defcon, it was with the wide-eyed anticipation of ‘I’m going to go listen to all of the talks that I can, soak up all of the information possible, and become a supar-1337-haxxor.’ What a let-down of an experience that was.

You find the most interesting topics and briefings, wait in lines to get a seat, and find yourself straining your ears to listen to someone that has basically nothing new to say. Most of the talks get hyped up exponentially past any amount of substance they actually provide.”

When I asked the Lamb where he was in the hierarchy of hackers at the NSA, he just smiled and said, “I got to the point where more people would ask me questions than I asked other people questions.” He would not delve into the classified specifics of his job - he despises Snowden for leaking classified information - but I knew a lot through his memos.

Although network analysis, the Lamb’s area of expertise, is interesting from a technical perspective, he was one step removed from the most challenging and menacing type of government hacking - executing finely tuned attacks that infiltrate individual computers.

Nonetheless, he offered this characterization of his NSA work: “They were just ridiculously cool projects that I’ll never forget.”

One of the quandaries of technology is that “cool” does not necessarily mean “ethical.”

Surveillance tools that are regarded as breakthroughs can be used to spy on innocent people as well as terrorists. This is a key part of the debate on the NSA, the concern that its formidable powers are being used, or can be used, to undermine privacy, freedom, and democracy.

The Lamb’s memos on cool ways to hunt sysadmins triggered a strong reaction when I wrote about them in 2014 with my colleague Ryan Gallagher. The memos explained how the NSA tracks down the email and Facebook accounts of systems administrators who oversee computer networks.

After plundering their accounts, the NSA can impersonate the admins to get into their computer networks and pilfer the data flowing through them. As the Lamb wrote;


"Sys admins generally are not my end target. My end target is the extremist/terrorist or government official that happens to be using the network… who better to target than the person that already has the ‘keys to the kingdom’?”

Another of his NSA memos, “Network Shaping 101,” used Yemen as a theoretical case study for secretly redirecting the entirety of a country’s internet traffic to NSA servers. The presentation, consisting of a PowerPoint slideshow, was offbeat at times, with a reference to throwing confetti in the air when a hack worked and jokey lines like, “The following section could also be renamed the ‘I’m pulling my hair out in the fetal position while screaming “Why didn’t it work?!”’ section.”

The Lamb also scribbled a hand-drawn diagram about network shaping that included a smiley face in the middle next to the phrase, “YEAH!!! MAKE DATA HAPPEN!” The diagram and slideshow were both classified as top secret.



NSA diagram on network shaping - click on the image to view a larger version in a new window

His memos are boastful, even cackling. At the end of one of the sysadmin memos, the Lamb wrote, “Current mood: scheming,” and at the end of another, “Current mood: devious.” He also listed “juche-licious” as one of his moods, ironically referring to the official ideology of North Korea.

Another memo he wrote, “Tracking Targets Through Proxies & Anonymizers,” impishly noted that the use of identity-obscuring tools like Tor “generally makes for sad analysts” in the intelligence community; this was followed by a sad face emoji. The tone of his classified writing was consistent with some of his social media posts - the Lamb’s attitude, in public as well as in private, was often outspoken and brash.

What if the shoe was on the other foot, however? When I wrote about the sysadmin memos in 2014, I wondered how their author would feel if someone used the same devious rationale to hack his computer and his life. Nearly two years later, I had the chance to find out.


"If I turn the tables on you,”
I asked the Lamb, “and say, OK, you’re a target for all kinds of people for all kinds of reasons. How do you feel about being a target and that kind of justification being used to justify getting all of your credentials and the keys to your kingdom?”

The Lamb smiled. “There is no real safe, sacred ground on the internet,” he replied. “Whatever you do on the internet is an attack surface of some sort and is just something that you live with. Any time that I do something on the internet, yeah, that is on the back of my mind.

Anyone from a script kiddie to some random hacker to some other foreign intelligence service, each with their different capabilities - what could they be doing to me?”

He seemed to be putting the blame for NSA attacks on the victims - if they were too dimwitted to protect themselves from hunters like him, it was their fault.


"People don’t want to think about being targets on the internet, in spite of the fact that at this point in the game, everybody is,”
he added. “Every country spies.”

He was dead serious, no smiles any longer.

“As much as we’d like to say we will all beat our swords into plowshares and become a peaceful people, it’s not going to happen,”
he continued.

“Intelligence agencies around the world are being asked questions by their governments, and government officials don’t want to hear, ‘That’s hard to solve.’ They just say, ‘Can you solve this and can you get me the intel I’m asking for?’ Which is nation agnostic, whether that’s the NSA, the FSB, the PLA or whoever.”

The Lamb’s political ideology evoked the cold-blooded realpolitik of Henry Kissinger. There is the idyllic digital world we would like to live in, there is the dog-eat-dog digital world we actually live in - and the Lamb, as I understood it, was intensely focused on winning in the latter.


"You know, the situation is what it is,”
he said. “There are protocols that were designed years ago before anybody had any care about security, because when they were developed, nobody was foreseeing that they would be taken advantage of.…

A lot of people on the internet seem to approach the problem [with the attitude of] ‘I’m just going to walk naked outside of my house and hope that nobody looks at me.’ From a security perspective, is that a good way to go about thinking? No, horrible…

There are good ways to be more secure on the internet. But do most people use Tor? No. Do most people use Signal? No. Do most people use insecure things that most people can hack? Yes. Is that a bash against the intelligence community that people use stuff that’s easily exploitable? That’s a hard argument for me to make.”

But it wasn’t a hard argument for me to make, so I tried. Back in the 1990s, in the early days of the web, the uses and hopes for the internet were thought to be joyous and non-commercial. The web would let us talk to one another and would decentralize power and revolutionize the world in good ways.

Those were the years when the Lamb spent hours and hours in chatrooms with Satanists and atheists - just the sort of connect-us-to-each-other activity that made everyone so excited about the future. At the time, few people thought the internet would become, as Bruce Schneier describes it, a surveillance platform.

So I asked whether the Lamb felt conflicted, as Snowden did, working for an organization that turned the web further and further away from its original potential as a global platform for speaking and thinking freely.

He responded by noting that he is, by nature, a defiant type and attracted to hard problems. That’s how, without a lot of formal instruction, he became an NSA hacker - he was curious about how computers worked and he wanted to figure them out. “Technically challenging things are just inherently interesting to me,” he said. “If you tell me, ‘This can’t be done,’ I’m going to try and find a way to do it.”

I mentioned that lots of people, including Snowden, are now working on the problem of how to make the internet more secure, yet he seemed to do the opposite at the NSA by trying to find ways to track and identify people who use Tor and other anonymizers. Would he consider working on the other side of things?

He wouldn’t rule it out, he said, but dismally suggested the game was over as far as having a liberating and safe internet, because our laptops and smartphones will betray us no matter what we do with them.


"There’s the old adage that the only secure computer is one that is turned off, buried in a box ten feet underground, and never turned on,”
he said.

“From a user perspective, someone trying to find holes by day and then just live on the internet by night, there’s the expectation [that] if somebody wants to have access to your computer bad enough, they’re going to get it.

Whether that’s an intelligence agency or a cybercrimes syndicate, whoever that is, it’s probably going to happen.”

The Lamb was comfortable with the side he joined in the surveillance wars, and this sets him apart from the most common stereotypes of the men and women who devote their lives to spying on others.

Spies who do nothing but eavesdrop, slipping into computers and conversations without a trace, have a reputation in popular culture of being troubled in ways that conventional spies are not. Think of Gene Hackman in The Conversation, or Ulrich Mühe in The Lives of Others - these surveillers are haunted, as it seems they should be.



Gene Hackman in The Conversation

Conventional spies are seen as journeying into hostile lands and committing heroic or devious acts; they are men and women of action, not thought. But the people who watch, listen, or hack are not as distracted by danger or adrenaline.

They mostly labor in tranquility, in temperature-controlled offices without windows, risking bodily harm no worse than carpal tunnel syndrome, and they have an abundance of time to think about the lurking that is their occupation and the people on whom they practice it.

I have a bias against the watchers, I suppose. I have been concerned about the bureaucracies of surveillance since the 1980s, when I was a student in the Soviet Union and felt like hunted prey. The telephone in the dreary lobby of my dormitory on the banks of the Neva River in Leningrad (now St. Petersburg) was assumed to be bugged, and if the KGB’s devices weren’t working, the dezhurnaya who sat nearby was sure to be listening.

This was my anti-surveillance Rosebud, I guess. When I visited Russian friends, I stayed silent as I walked in their ill-lit stairwells, so that the accent of my Russian would not give away the fact a foreigner was visiting them. The walls had ears.

This was one of the great contrasts between the Soviet Union and America, where I could speak to my friends without worrying about the government listening.

The Soviet Union is long gone, but in 2016 we live under the specter of far more surveillance than anything the KGB could have dreamed of with its rudimentary bugs and fearful informers. Not just government surveillance - law enforcement can easily obtain our phone and internet records with a warrant from the nearly always compliant courts - but corporate surveillance, too.

It’s not just Google and Facebook that might know more details about our lives and friends than the KGB could have imagined in its most feverish dreams of information dominance, but even Zipcar and Amazon.

There are precautions one can take, and I did that with the Lamb. When we had our video chat, I used a computer that had been wiped clean of everything except its operating system and essential applications. Afterward, it was wiped clean again.

My concern was that the Lamb might use the session to obtain data from or about the computer I was using; there are a lot of things he might have tried, if he was in a scheming mood.

At the end of our three hours together, I mentioned to him that I had taken these precautions - and he approved.


"That’s fair,”
he said. “I’m glad you have that appreciation… From a perspective of a journalist who has access to classified information, it would be remiss to think you’re not a target of foreign intelligence services.”

He was telling me the U.S. government should be the least of my worries. He was trying to help me.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Secret Government Rulebook For Labeling You A Terrorist
June 26 2016 | From: TheIntercept

The Obama administration has quietly approved a substantial expansion of the terrorist watchlist system, authorizing a secret process that requires neither “concrete facts” nor “irrefutable evidence” to designate an American or foreigner as a terrorist, according to a key government document obtained by The Intercept.



The “March 2013 Watchlisting Guidance,” a 166-page document issued last year by the National Counterterrorism Center, spells out the government’s secret rules for putting individuals on its main terrorist database, as well as the no fly list and the selectee list, which triggers enhanced screening at airports and border crossings.

The new guidelines allow individuals to be designated as representatives of terror organizations without any evidence they are actually connected to such organizations, and it gives a single White House official the unilateral authority to place entire “categories” of people the government is tracking onto the no fly and selectee lists.

It broadens the authority of government officials to “nominate” people to the watchlists based on what is vaguely described as “fragmentary information.” It also allows for dead people to be watchlisted.

Over the years, the Obama and Bush Administrations have fiercely resisted disclosing the criteria for placing names on the databases - though the guidelines are officially labeled as unclassified. In May, Attorney General Eric Holder even invoked the state secrets privilege to prevent watchlisting guidelines from being disclosed in litigation launched by an American who was on the no fly list.

In an affidavit, Holder called them a “clear roadmap” to the government’s terrorist-tracking apparatus, adding:


“The Watchlisting Guidance, although unclassified, contains national security information that, if disclosed… could cause significant harm to national security.”




The rulebook, which The Intercept is publishing in full, was developed behind closed doors by representatives of the nation’s intelligence, military, and law-enforcement establishment, including the Pentagon, CIA, NSA, and FBI. Emblazoned with the crests of 19 agencies, it offers the most complete and revealing look into the secret history of the government’s terror list policies to date.

It reveals a confounding and convoluted system filled with exceptions to its own rules, and it relies on the elastic concept of “reasonable suspicion” as a standard for determining whether someone is a possible threat.

Because the government tracks “suspected terrorists” as well as “known terrorists,” individuals can be watchlisted if they are suspected of being a suspected terrorist, or if they are suspected of associating with people who are suspected of terrorism activity.


“Instead of a watchlist limited to actual, known terrorists, the government has built a vast system based on the unproven and flawed premise that it can predict if a person will commit a terrorist act in the future,”
says Hina Shamsi, the head of the ACLU’s National Security Project.

“On that dangerous theory, the government is secretly blacklisting people as suspected terrorists and giving them the impossible task of proving themselves innocent of a threat they haven’t carried out.”
Shamsi, who reviewed the document, added, “These criteria should never have been kept secret.”

The document’s definition of “terrorist” activity includes actions that fall far short of bombing or hijacking. In addition to expected crimes, such as assassination or hostage-taking, the guidelines also define destruction of government property and damaging computers used by financial institutions as activities meriting placement on a list. They also define as terrorism any act that is “dangerous” to property and intended to influence government policy through intimidation.

This combination - a broad definition of what constitutes terrorism and a low threshold for designating someone a terrorist - opens the way to ensnaring innocent people in secret government dragnets. It can also be counterproductive.

When resources are devoted to tracking people who are not genuine risks to national security, the actual threats get fewer resources - and might go unnoticed.


“If reasonable suspicion is the only standard you need to label somebody, then it’s a slippery slope we’re sliding down here, because then you can label anybody anything,”
says David Gomez, a former senior FBI special agent with experience running high-profile terrorism investigations.

“Because you appear on a telephone list of somebody doesn’t make you a terrorist. That’s the kind of information that gets put in there.”

The fallout is personal too. There are severe consequences for people unfairly labeled a terrorist by the U.S. government, which shares its watchlist data with local law enforcement, foreign governments, and “private entities.”

Once the U.S. government secretly labels you a terrorist or terrorist suspect, other institutions tend to treat you as one. It can become difficult to get a job (or simply to stay out of jail). It can become burdensome - or impossible - to travel. And routine encounters with law enforcement can turn into ordeals.



A chart from the “March 2013 Watchlisting Guidance”


In 2012 Tim Healy, the former director of the FBI’s Terrorist Screening Center, described to CBS News how watchlists are used by police officers.


“So if you are speeding, you get pulled over, they’ll query that name,”
he said.

“And if they are encountering a known or suspected terrorist, it will pop up and say call the Terrorist Screening Center. So now the officer on the street knows he may be dealing with a known or suspected terrorist.”

Of course, the problem is that the “known or suspected terrorist” might just be an ordinary citizen who should not be treated as a menace to public safety.

Until 2001, the government did not prioritize building a watchlist system. On 9/11, the government’s list of people barred from flying included just 16 names.

Today, the no fly list has swelled to tens of thousands of “known or suspected terrorists” (the guidelines refer to them as KSTs). The selectee list subjects people to extra scrutiny and questioning at airports and border crossings.

The government has created several other databases, too. The largest is the Terrorist Identities Datamart Environment (TIDE), which gathers terrorism information from sensitive military and intelligence sources around the world.



Because it contains classified information that cannot be widely distributed, there is yet another list, the Terrorist Screening Database, or TSDB, which has been stripped of TIDE’s classified data so that it can be shared.

When government officials refer to “the watchlist,” they are typically referring to the TSDB. (TIDE is the responsibility of the National Counterterrorism Center; the TSDB is managed by the Terrorist Screening Center at the FBI.)

In a statement, a spokesman for the National Counterterrorism Center told The Intercept that:


“The watchlisting system is an important part of our layered defense to protect the United States against future terrorist attacks”
and that “watchlisting continues to mature to meet an evolving, diffuse threat.”

He added that U.S. citizens are afforded extra protections to guard against improper listing, and that no one can be placed on a list solely for activities protected by the First Amendment. A representative of the Terrorist Screening Center did not respond to a request for comment.

The system has been criticized for years. In 2004, Sen. Ted Kennedy complained that he was barred from boarding flights on five separate occasions because his name resembled the alias of a suspected terrorist.

Two years later, CBS News obtained a copy of the no fly list and reported that it included Bolivian president Evo Morales and Lebanese parliament head Nabih Berri. One of the watchlists snared Mikey Hicks, a Cub Scout who got his first of many airport pat-downs at age two. In 2007, the Justice Department’s inspector general issued a scathing report identifying “significant weaknesses” in the system.

And in 2009, after a Nigerian terrorist was able to board a passenger flight to Detroit and nearly detonated a bomb sewn into his underwear despite his name having been placed on the TIDE list, President Obama admitted that there had been a “systemic failure.”



Obama hoped that his response to the “underwear bomber” would be a turning point. In 2010, he gave increased powers and responsibilities to the agencies that nominate individuals to the lists, placing pressure on them to add names. His administration also issued a set of new guidelines for the watchlists.

Problems persisted, however. In 2012, the U.S. Government Accountability Office published a report that bluntly noted there was no agency responsible for figuring out “whether watchlist-related screening or vetting is achieving intended results.” The guidelines were revised and expanded in 2013 - and a source within the intelligence community subsequently provided a copy to The Intercept.





“Concrete Facts are not Necessary”

The five chapters and 11 appendices of the “Watchlisting Guidance” are filled with acronyms, legal citations, and numbered paragraphs; it reads like an arcane textbook with a vocabulary all its own. Different types of data on suspected terrorists are referred to as “derogatory information,” “substantive derogatory information,” “extreme derogatory information” and “particularized derogatory information.”

The names of suspected terrorists are passed along a bureaucratic ecosystem of “originators,” “nominators,” “aggregators,” “screeners,” and “encountering agencies.” And “upgrade,” usually a happy word for travellers, is repurposed to mean that an individual has been placed on a more restrictive list.



The heart of the document revolves around the rules for placing individuals on a watchlist. “All executive departments and agencies,” the document says, are responsible for collecting and sharing information on terrorist suspects with the National Counterterrorism Center.

It sets a low standard - ”reasonable suspicion“ - for placing names on the watchlists, and offers a multitude of vague, confusing, or contradictory instructions for gauging it. In the chapter on “Minimum Substantive Derogatory Criteria” - even the title is hard to digest - the key sentence on reasonable suspicion offers little clarity:


“To meet the REASONABLE SUSPICION standard, the NOMINATOR, based on the totality of the circumstances, must rely upon articulable intelligence or information which, taken together with rational inferences from those facts, reasonably warrants a determination that an individual is known or suspected to be or has been knowingly engaged in conduct constituting, in preparation for, in aid of, or related to TERRORISM and/or TERRORIST ACTIVITIES.”

The rulebook makes no effort to define an essential phrase in the passage - ”articulable intelligence or information.” After stressing that hunches are not reasonable suspicion and that “there must be an objective factual basis” for labeling someone a terrorist, it goes on to state that no actual facts are required:


“In determining whether a REASONABLE SUSPICION exists, due weight should be given to the specific reasonable inferences that a NOMINATOR is entitled to draw from the facts in light of his/her experience and not on unfounded suspicions or hunches.

Although irrefutable evidence or concrete facts are not necessary, to be reasonable, suspicion should be as clear and as fully developed as circumstances permit.”

While the guidelines nominally prohibit nominations based on unreliable information, they explicitly regard “uncorroborated” Facebook or Twitter posts as sufficient grounds for putting an individual on one of the watchlists.


Single source information,” the guidelines state, “including but not limited to ‘walk-in,’ ‘write-in,’ or postings on social media sites, however, should not automatically be discounted…

the NOMINATING AGENCY should evaluate the credibility of the source, as well as the nature and specificity of the information, and nominate even if that source is uncorroborated.”

There are a number of loopholes for putting people onto the watchlists even if reasonable suspicion cannot be met.

One is clearly defined: The immediate family of suspected terrorists - their spouses, children, parents, or siblings - may be watchlisted without any suspicion that they themselves are engaged in terrorist activity.

But another loophole is quite broad - ”associates” who have a defined relationship with a suspected terrorist, but whose involvement in terrorist activity is not known. A third loophole is broader still - individuals with “a possible nexus” to terrorism, but for whom there is not enough “derogatory information” to meet the reasonable suspicion standard.

Americans and foreigners can be nominated for the watchlists if they are associated with a terrorist group, even if that group has not been designated as a terrorist organization by the U.S. government.



They can also be treated as “representatives” of a terrorist group even if they have “neither membership in nor association with the organization.” The guidelines do helpfully note that certain associations, such as providing janitorial services or delivering packages, are not grounds for being watchlisted.

The nomination system appears to lack meaningful checks and balances. Although government officials have repeatedly said there is a rigorous process for making sure no one is unfairly placed in the databases, the guidelines acknowledge that all nominations of “known terrorists” are considered justified unless the National Counterterrorism Center has evidence to the contrary.

In a recent court filing, the government disclosed that there were 468,749 KST nominations in 2013, of which only 4,915 were rejected–a rate of about one percent. The rulebook appears to invert the legal principle of due process, defining nominations as “presumptively valid.”




Profiling Categories of People

While the nomination process appears methodical on paper, in practice there is a shortcut around the entire system. Known as a “threat-based expedited upgrade,” it gives a single White House official the unilateral authority to elevate entire “categories of people” whose names appear in the larger databases onto the no fly or selectee lists. This can occur, the guidelines state, when there is a “particular threat stream” indicating that a certain type of individual may commit a terrorist act.

This extraordinary power for “categorical watchlisting” - otherwise known as profiling - is vested in the assistant to the president for homeland security and counterterrorism, a position formerly held by CIA Director John Brennan that does not require Senate confirmation.

The rulebook does not indicate what “categories of people” have been subjected to threat-based upgrades. It is not clear, for example, whether a category might be as broad as military-age males from Yemen. The guidelines do make clear that American citizens and green card holders are subject to such upgrades, though government officials are required to review their status in an “expedited” procedure.

Upgrades can remain in effect for 72 hours before being reviewed by a small committee of senior officials. If approved, they can remain in place for 30 days before a renewal is required, and can continue “until the threat no longer exists.”


“In a set of watchlisting criteria riddled with exceptions that swallow rules, this exception is perhaps the most expansive and certainly one of the most troubling,”
Shamsi, the ACLU attorney, says.

“It’s reminiscent of the Bush administration’s heavily criticized color-coded threat alerts, except that here, bureaucrats can exercise virtually standard-less authority in secret with specific negative consequences for entire categories of people.”

The National Counterterrorism Center declined to provide any details on the upgrade authority, including how often it has been exercised and for what categories of people.




Pocket Litter and Scuba Gear

The guidelines provide the clearest explanation yet of what is happening when Americans and foreigners are pulled aside at airports and border crossings by government agents. The fifth chapter, titled “Encounter Management and Analysis,” details the type of information that is targeted for collection during “encounters” with people on the watchlists, as well as the different organizations that should collect the data.

The Department of Homeland Security is described as having the largest number of encounters, but other authorities, ranging from the State Department and Coast Guard to foreign governments and “certain private entities,” are also involved in assembling “encounter packages” when watchlisted individuals cross their paths. The encounters can be face-to-face meetings or electronic interactions - for instance, when a watchlisted individual applies for a visa.

In addition to data like fingerprints, travel itineraries, identification documents and gun licenses, the rules encourage screeners to acquire health insurance information, drug prescriptions, “any cards with an electronic strip on it (hotel cards, grocery cards, gift cards, frequent flyer cards),” cellphones, email addresses, binoculars, peroxide, bank account numbers, pay stubs, academic transcripts, parking and speeding tickets, and want ads.

The digital information singled out for collection includes social media accounts, cell phone lists, speed dial numbers, laptop images, thumb drives, iPods, Kindles, and cameras. All of the information is then uploaded to the TIDE database.

Screeners are also instructed to collect data on any “pocket litter,” scuba gear, EZ Passes, library cards, and the titles of any books, along with information about their condition - ”e.g., new, dog-eared, annotated, unopened.” Business cards and conference materials are also targeted, as well as “anything with an account number” and information about any gold or jewelry worn by the watchlisted individual.



Even “animal information” - details about pets from veterinarians or tracking chips - is requested. The rulebook also encourages the collection of biometric or biographical data about the travel partners of watchlisted individuals.

The list of government entities that collect this data includes the U.S. Agency for International Development, which is neither an intelligence nor law-enforcement agency. As the rulebook notes, USAID funds foreign aid programs that promote environmentalism, health care, and education.

USAID, which presents itself as committed to fighting global poverty, nonetheless appears to serve as a conduit for sensitive intelligence about foreigners. According to the guidelines, “When USAID receives an application seeking financial assistance, prior to granting, these applications are subject to vetting by USAID intelligence analysts at the TSC.”

The guidelines do not disclose the volume of names provided by USAID, the type of information it provides, or the number and duties of the “USAID intelligence analysts.”

A USAID spokesman told The Intercept that “in certain high risk countries, such as Afghanistan, USAID has determined that vetting potential partner organizations with the terrorist watchlist is warranted to protect U.S. taxpayer dollars and to minimize the risk of inadvertent funding of terrorism.” 

He stated that since 2007, the agency has checked “the names and other personal identifying information of key individuals of contractors and grantees, and sub-recipients.”





Death and the Watchlist

The government has been widely criticized for making it impossible for people to know why they have been placed on a watchlist, and for making it nearly impossible to get off. The guidelines bluntly state that “the general policy of the U.S. Government is to neither confirm nor deny an individual’s watchlist status.” But the courts have taken exception to the official silence and footdragging: In June, a federal judge described the government’s secretive removal process as unconstitutional and “wholly ineffective.”

The difficulty of getting off the list is highlighted by a passage in the guidelines stating that an individual can be kept on the watchlist, or even placed onto the watchlist, despite being acquitted of a terrorism-related crime.

The rulebook justifies this by noting that conviction in U.S. courts requires evidence beyond a reasonable doubt, whereas watchlisting requires only a reasonable suspicion. Once suspicion is raised, even a jury’s verdict cannot erase it.

Not even death provides a guarantee of getting off the list. The guidelines say the names of dead people will stay on the list if there is reason to believe the deceased’s identity may be used by a suspected terrorist–which the National Counterterrorism Center calls a “demonstrated terrorist tactic.” In fact, for the same reason, the rules permit the deceased spouses of suspected terrorists to be placed onto the list after they have died.

For the living, the process of getting off the watchlist is simple yet opaque. A complaint can be filed through the Department of Homeland Security Traveler Redress Inquiry Program, which launches an internal review that is not subject to oversight by any court or entity outside the counterterrorism community.



The review can result in removal from a watchlist or an adjustment of watchlist status, but the individual will not be told if he or she prevails. The guidelines highlight one of the reasons why it has been difficult to get off the list - if multiple agencies have contributed information on a watchlisted individual, all of them must agree to removing him or her.

If a U.S. citizen is placed on the no fly list while abroad and is turned away from a flight bound for the U.S., the guidelines say they should be referred to the nearest U.S. embassy or consulate, which is prohibited from informing them why they were blocked from flying.

According to the rules, these individuals can be granted a “One-Time Waiver” to fly, though they will not be told that they are traveling on a waiver.

Back in the United States, they will be unable to board another flight.

The document states that nominating agencies are “under a continuing obligation” to provide exculpatory information when it emerges. It adds that the agencies are expected to conduct annual reviews of watchlisted American citizens and green card holders. It is unclear whether foreigners - or the dead - are reviewed at the same pace.

As the rulebook notes, “watchlisting is not an exact science.”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers
June 25 2016 | From: NeedToKnowNews / Infowars

Santa Monica; Two police officers who wish to remain anonymous for fear of retaliation say that James Wesley Howell, an Indiana man who was found with a car full of explosives and weapons, told police he was part of a team that planned shooting attacks on gay communities in Florida and California.



Howell told police he was turning himself in because he wanted protection. His story was that he had been assured by his recruiters that he would not be harmed in the shooting but, when he heard on the news that Omar Mateen, the lead gunman in the Orlando group, had been killed by sniper fire, he realized he was being set up as a patsy and would be killed. 

Related: Robert Steele: Draft List of 63 Orlando False Flag Anomalies

Soon after that, the FBI took over the investigation, and information to the public was filtered to remove any facts that might show the Orlando shooting as a planned event involving others. GetOffTheBS 2016 Jun 15 (Story) (Cached)

It is important to remember that the police officers who are the source of this story choose to remain anonymous, so it cannot be independently verified at this time, but circumstantial evidence supports it.


For example: 

1. After the FBI took charge of the investigation, Police Chief Jacqueline Seabrooks changed her original report that Howell was part of a group of five people who intended to do harm at the gay-pride event in West Hollywood. Her altered report made no mention of anyone other than Howell.

2. The web site that reported this story is still carrying the article without triggering legal action against it. That is significant because, if the story is false, immediate legal action would be expected. If it is true, Howell will be killed or ‘disappeared’ to prevent him from talking, but the last thing the perpetrators would want is a public trial where witnesses can be called to testify. 


This news story could be one of the most important reports ever published in the annals of journalism

That’s quite a statement but, when you consider the nature of its content, it is no exaggeration to say that it has the potential to fundamentally change the relationship between the United States government and the American people, and that could lead to a profound change, not only in America, but the entire world. 

The story still is still unfolding, and it is likely that officialdom either will pull it off the Internet or do everything possible to discredit it but, unlike most false-flag scenarios, there are many people on the outside of the plot who can verify the accuracy of this one. In fact, there may even be an entire police department to do that. If so, the sheer number of witnesses could outweigh the threats against job security or physical safety. We shall see.




Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

Indiana Rep. Ed DeLaney said on Tuesday the state “blew it” when it did not enforce a gun ban on James Wesley Howell, the man arrested in Santa Monica, California on weapons charges soon after the attack on the Pulse nightclub in Orlando, Florida.



Delaney, a Democrat, wants to outlaw 30-round ammunition magazines and “automatic military-type” weapons. He said Indiana has “very, very limited” gun laws.


Police records indicate Howell was in possession of a loaded AM-15, a firearm similar to an AR-15 manufactured by Anderson rifles. The AM-15 is a civilian weapon and is not fully automatic, as Delaney claims. Since Orlando, Democrats have characterized semi-automatic rifles as automatic military weapons.

Guy Relford, the owner of Tactical Firearms Training in Indianapolis and a Second Amendment attorney, told the Associated Press DeLaney “simply doesn’t understand anything about firearms.” He added that the 1994 assault weapons ban did nothing to reduce violent crime. His claim is backed up by a study by the National Institute of Justice.


“Every time we have a mass shooting what these politicians want to do is to turn around and take guns out of the hands of everybody who didn’t do it,”
Relford said.

Hillary Clinton and Obama now refer to civilian firearms as “weapons of war.” Earlier this month, Florida Rep. Alan Grayson told CNN an AR-15 can fire 700 rounds per minute.


“If [Mateen] was not able to buy a weapon that shoots off 700 rounds in a minute, a lot of those people would still be alive,”
the Democrat congressman said.

“If somebody like him had nothing worse to deal with than a Glock pistol… he might have killed three or four people and not 50. It’s way too easy to kill people in America today, and we have to think long and hard about what to do about that.”

The firearm allegedly used by Omar Mateen in Orlando was a Sig Sauer MCX rifle. It fires 45 rounds per minute. Grayson later modified his statement to say Mateen’s firearm could fire 700 rounds per minute if converted to full auto.

Police also say Howell was in possession of Shoc-Shot, a binary explosive marketed primarily for making exploding targets for firearms practice. The binary explosive cannot be ignited with a fuse or electric charge. Police told the media Howell was in possession of an “IED-type of device.”



In March, NBC’s Today Show characterized a similar product, Tannerite, as a dangerous explosive.

Bob Owens of Bearing Arms wrote:


“You can expose it to an electrical charge, and it will not detonate. You can try to ignite it with a match or a torch, or smash it with a hammer. It will not detonate.

You can shoot it will a .22 rifle or 9mm +P hollowpoint from a pistol, and it will not go off. The minimum threshold to consistently detonate a Tannerite is a FMJ [full metal jacket] bullet moving at a bare minimum of 2,000 feet-per-second.”

Howell was rated a low-level offender in Indiana on a misdemeanor intimidation conviction and ordered in April to forfeit all firearms under the terms of his probation.


Federal Effort to Outlaw Firearms Stalled

Earlier this week, the Senate refused to advance four measures on so-called gun control. Senator Susan Collins, Republican of Maine, and Senator Heidi Heitkamp, Democrat of North Dakota, responded to the defeat by announcing a proposal to prohibit gun sales to individuals on the government’s secret no-fly and selectee lists.


“Surely the terrorist attacks in San Bernardino and Orlando that took so many lives are a call for compromise, a plea for bipartisan action,”
Collins said. “

Essentially, we believe if you are too dangerous to fly on an airplane, you are too dangerous to buy a gun.”

Collins was joined at a news conference announcing the proposal by Senator Tim Kaine, a Virginia Democrat who is frequently mentioned as a potential running mate for Hillary Clinton.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Several Million Readers Are Unable To Help Prove The Official Orlando Shootings Story + Reasons To Question The Official Story Of The Orlando Shooting
June 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / GlobalResearch /

The apparently fake (false-flag) Orlando nightclub shootings are - in keeping with their modus operandi - being used by the Cabal for multiple purposes. Just as with Sandy Hook, there have been no bodies produced - no evidence to back any claims made. All the while the public lap up what they are told to believe is real, as the narrative is forced towards gun control, ISIS, race / religion conflicts and all sorts of other trivia - providing a very effective media blackout for other events taking place unnoticed with the convenient benefit of a media smokescreen.



As not a single one of my several hundred thousand readers of this [ paucraigroberts.com ] site plus the several million who read repostings on other sites and translations abroad have been able to find a shred of evidence that corroborates the official story of the Orlando mass shooting, I close my attempt to prove the government’s case.

Related: Worst Mass Shooting In US History Leaves 50 Dead, Many Wounded At Orlando Gay Club - Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance + Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S – Sacrificial Lamb?

In the URL below is an account that is likely overall correct. However, the author, in an attempt to marshall all possible evidence against the US government, inadvertantly buys into the government’s account, as so many skeptics do.

The author says that Mateen, like Tsarnaev, “was known to the authorities, who let him proceed unfettered.”

By involving authorities as permissive accomplices, the author undermines the account that it was a false flag attack.

So many skeptics do this that it makes you wonder: Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Questions and Anomalies Surround ‘Worst Mass Shooting in U.S. History’




Reasons To Question The Official Story Of The Orlando Shooting

As more and more evidence emerges regarding the mass shooting in an Orlando gay club that resulted in the death of at least 52 people and many more injured, signs are increasingly pointing toward the possibility of a false flag operation.

Already, a number of points lend credence to those who might suggest that intelligence agencies more so than desert-dwelling terrorist organizations are responsible for organizing and directing the attacks.


A number of questionable aspects regarding this shooting include:

1. The FBI knew about the shooter and investigated him prior to the attack.

2. The shooter had a connection to a known ISIS recruiter.

3. The shooter’s father was a former “Afghan presidential candidate” who supported the Taliban.

4. The FBI’s history in creating terrorism.


Omar Mir Seddique Mateen has now been revealed as the gunman in the Orlando club attack. According to mainstream reports, Mateen carried an AR-15 rifle and a handgun into the Pulse club around 2 a.m. and started shooting, killing 50 people and wounding 53. A stand-off ensued which lasted for about 3 hours before a SWAT team crashed into the building with an armored vehicle and killed Mateen.



There was a distinct lack of dead bodies and bloodied 'survivors'

Mateen had allegedly pledged allegiance to ISIS before the shooting by calling 911 and stating allegiance to ISIS leader Abu Bakr Al-Baghdadi as well as mentioning the Tsarnaev brothers. Mateen was an American citizen born to Afghan parents from Port St. Lucie, Florida, about a 125 miles away from Orlando, a distance which he allegedly drove to commit the attack.


FBI Foreknowledge, ISIS Sympathies,Taliban Ties

What may at first sound like an instance of senseless violence, brings with it a number of other questions. For instance, the FBI was already well aware of Mateen and his connections to radical jihad and terrorism.

According to CNN’s article, “50 Killed in Florida Nightclub, Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance,” two officials tell CNN that the FBI had investigated Mateen at some point for possibly having ties to or sympathizing with Islamic extremism. A law enforcement official said there were two cases opened involving Mateen but the probes didn’t result in enough evidence to charge him with anything.

The investigations were reported by a number of mainstream media organizations and later confirmed by the FBI itself during a press conference. The FBI admitted that Mateen had been interviewed by agents twice in 2013 due to comments made about radical jihad which were overheard by coworkers.

He was interviewed for a third time one year later due to his connection to Moner Mohammad Abu Salha, an American who had traveled from Florida to train in Syria and later to return to the United States in order to recruit other Americans to fight in the Western-backed terrorist brigades attempting to overthrow secular and legitimate government, Bashar Al Assad.

Salha allegedly returned to Syria and blew himself up in a suicide bombing. It is also interesting to note that Mateen’s father Seddique Mateen is a political personality in his own right having hosted a TV show and apparently declared himself a presidential candidate for Afghanistan.

Seddique has denounced the Pakistani government and expressed support and encouragement for the Taliban movement.

Still, the question regarding the fact that Mateen was on the FBI’s radar is extremely important. One key aspect suggesting a false flag that should be looked for soon after the attack is any possible connection the suspect or group of suspects may have had with intelligence agencies.

A connection to any one of these organizations and institutions may go some length in explaining how the attack was coordinated, the motivation of the perpetrators, the actual involvement (or not) of the suspects, and who actually directed the operation.



For instance, on 9/11, many of the alleged hijackers had previously had close contact with the FBI, CIA, and other high-level intelligence agencies (both home and abroad). Likewise, the Tsarnaev brothers who have been accused of masterminding and carrying out the Boston Bombing had ties to the FBI before the attack.

In many instances, connections to certain military agencies and communities should serve as the same red flag as connections to intelligence agencies since these institutions have largely been blended together.


The FBI’s Sordid History of Organizing Terrorist Attacks

Indeed, the FBI has had a long history in creating, organizing and facilitating terrorist attacks in order to bust them at the last minute and claim credit for stopping terror attacks.

The FBI also has a long history of investigating, monitoring and interviewing suspects of high-profile terrorist attacks before those attacks were committed but doing nothing about them.

As Tony Cartalucci writes in his article, “US Law Enforcement Knew Florida Shooter BEFORE Shooting,”


A terror suspect armed to the teeth storming a public place and killing scores is actually a very familiar script. The FBI wrote several such scripts in 2015 alone, including entrapping and arresting a mentally-ill suspect after providing him with an arsenal of deadly weapons almost identical to the arsenal recently employed in Flordia.

The Intercept would report in its article, “Another “Terror” Arrest; Another Mentally Ill Man, Armed by the FBI,” that:

U.S. law enforcement officials announced another terror arrest on Monday, after arming a mentally ill man and then charging him with having guns.

ABC News quoted a “senior federal official briefed on the arrest” as saying: “This is a very bad person arrested before he could do very bad things.”

But in a sting reminiscent of so many others conducted by the FBI since 9/11, Alexander Ciccolo, 23, “aka Ali Al Amriki,” was apparently a mentally ill man who was doing nothing more than ranting about violent jihad and talking (admittedly in frightening ways) about launching attacks - until he met an FBI informant. At that point, he started making shopping lists for weapons.

The Intercept would also reference the FBI’s affidavit (.pdf), stating (emphasis added):

According to the affidavit, Ciccolo first talked to the FBI informant about attacking two bars and a police station. Later, he spoke of attacking a college campus with a homemade pressure-cooker bomb like the one used in the Boston Marathon terror attack; he also talked about using guns and a lot of ammo. Ciccolo, according to the affidavit, then “ordered the firearms from a confidential human source (“CHS”) working with the FBI.”

The list of weapons provided to the mentally-ill suspect by the FBI informant is shocking. Revealed in the official FBI affidavit (.pdf), the weapons included a 9mm Glock 17, a 10mm Glock 20, a .223 Colt AR-15 rifle, (referred to by the media as an “assault rifle”), and a 556 Sig Arms SG550 rifle (also often referred to as an assault rifle). Also included in the affidavit is the same hysterical rhetoric encouraged by FBI informants now evident in the recent actions of terror suspect Omar Mateen in Florida.

The FBI literally provided a mentally-ill man they helped plan a terrorist attack together with, an arsenal of deadly weapons – arresting him just before he committed his crime.

The only factor that prevented the 2015 entrapment of Ciccolo from becoming a live Florida shooting-style attack was the fact that the FBI arrested Ciccolo before he carried out his planned attack – while those following Mateen did not arrest him.

The role of the FBI in Mateen obtaining his weapons will never be known since Mateen is now – conveniently – dead.

Even if he purchased them “legally” at a gun store, it should be noted that in other FBI entrapment cases, suspects were encouraged to purchase weapons themselves, with the FBI arresting them only after they left gun stores with their newly acquired arsenal.


Interestingly enough, in the Ciccolo incident that Cartalucci refers to above, the plan which was fed to Ciccolo involved attacking bars, a target that was actually realized in Orlando.

Of course, there will be many who will argue that the FBI, while entrapping unintelligent suspects, would never actually let the drill go live it is important to remember the 1993 World Trade Center bombing where that is precisely what the FBI did.


Who Controls ISIS?

Lastly, one immensely important question must be asked: If ISIS is responsible for the attacks, who controls ISIS? For many, claims that the attacker belongs to ISIS is a deal breaker. For these individuals, ISIS is a shadowy terrorist organization that supports itself and has created a caliphate in eastern Syria and western Iraq that can scarcely be defeated (except when the Russians bomb it).

However, the facts do not support such a shallow understanding of the ISIS terrorist organization.



ISIS was entirely created, funded and directed by the United States, Britain, France and other NATO countries. Its actions have been coordinated by the Anglo-American Intelligence apparatus for geopolitical purposes all across the world both at home and abroad.

For this reason, the declaration that ISIS committed a terrorist attack in Paris is by no means a get-out-of-jail-free card for the Western Intelligence apparatus. Instead, it is the trademark of their handiwork. Please see these articles for more information on the nature of ISIS: hereherehere and here.


Conclusion

While the right-wing media blames Muslims and the left-wing media blame guns, perhaps it would be more effective if thinking individuals would examine the possibilities that this attack was a false flag incident designed to push an agenda that would benefit those in power in some way or other.

Out of this attack we will no doubt see another push for the evisceration of the Second Amendment and other civil liberties as well as increased hype regarding ISIS as a threat to the American way of life and a greater attempt at justification for foreign adventures.

While the information presented above may not be enough evidence to prove in the court of law that the Orlando attack was a false flag attack, it is reason enough to question the official story thus far. If this attack is indeed placed in the lap of ISIS, however, all fingers should immediately point to NATO and the Atlanticist Intelligence apparatus.

It is they who control ISIS and they who bear the responsibility for its actions. If the attack is attributed to a lone jihadist nut the FBI has some serious explaining to do since it appears that the agency itself is the greatest initiator of terrorist activity inside American borders and is either the most incompetent anti-terror fighter in the U.S. or it is complicit in the attacks that take place.


Related Articles:

The sheer volume of information coming out and articles being written is voluminous and far too much to be worked into one article.

Below is just a sampling that provides a much larger picture of what has really been going on. Some are more perceptive than others...


Kevin Barrett: Is Orlando a False Flag? Update 13: Floor Plan – 8 Exits Over 8 CCTV Cameras – New Hypothesis - FBI Continues to Cover Up

Orlando nightclub massacre eyewitnesses: 'More than one shooter, snipers fired at police, someone blocked exits'

New Orlando Shooter Eyewitness Emerges: Testifies That 5 People Were Involved In Pulse Attack

Orlando Shooter Wasn’t the First Murderer Employed By Global Mercenary Firm

What the Media is NOT Telling You about the Orlando Shootout

Orlando nightclub massacre eyewitnesses: 'More than one shooter, snipers fired at police, someone blocked exits'

No Lone Wolf Shooting? Reported Multiple Orlando Gunmen

Is This What Orlando Is All About?

Orlando shooter: deeper hidden ties to the FBI?

Father of Orlando Shooter is Long-time CIA Asset

Stop Exploiting LGBT Issues to Demonize Islam and Justify Anti-Muslim Policies

Nine Lost Souls the FBI Charged as Terrorists While Letting the Orlando Shooter Go

Read This Before The Government Uses the Orlando Shooting to Start Another War


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Zealand Defence Force To Get $20bn Upgrade + More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration
June 20 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand / Various

The government will spend $20 billion on the Defence Force in a long-term investment plan that includes a new cyber security system for defence networks.



The $20bn spend outlined in the White Paper will be spread over 15 years

A new White Paper, which updates the Defence Force's policy, was released on June 8th that detailed plans to replace the Air Force Boeing 757, the C130-Hercules, the Orion maritime patrol aircraft and the ANZAC frigates, over the next 15 years.

It also said work was well under way to consider whether the existing Light Armoured Vehicles might be modernised, or replaced.



The plan allows for the replacement or review of the Defence Force's aircraft, frigates and Light Armoured Vehicles

While New Zealand did not face the prospect of an imminent military attack, there were growing threats as a result of failing states and pressure on food and water resources, the paper said.

Prime Minister John Key said the new policy was being launched at a time of "increasing uncertainty and instability in the international environment".


"The emergence of ISIL (Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant), heightened tensions in the East and South China seas, increases in military spending across South East Asia, and the rapid evolution and spread of cyber threats are just a few examples,"
he said.

New Zealand's geographical isolation did not provide the protection it once did, Mr Key said.

"As a maritime nation dependent on open trade routes, our security and prosperity is inextricably linked to events occurring far from our shores.

New Zealand needs a defence force than can protect New Zealand and also contribute to international security and stability," he said.




Prime Minister John Key presents the White Paper at Parliament

This included responding to activities in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone, Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, Mr Key said.

Cyber security was also identified as a major new risk, and a new defence cyber support network would be developed.

More intelligence personnel would be hired to help analyse and distribute information collected from surveillance. The paper noted demand for disaster relief and and recovery efforts in the South Pacific would increase in coming decades.


Cyber Attacks 'As Effective a Weapon as a Bomb'

The White Paper noted increasing reliance on technology and information was creating "new vulnerabilities".

The threat to systems relying on networked technologies had increased "markedly" since 2010, it said.


"New Zealand therefore has an interest in contributing to international cyberspace and space efforts to protect this infrastructure from being exploited or disrupted."

Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee would not give specific details about the resourcing for the boosted cyber security system, as that had not yet been determined.



Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee also spoke at the paper's presentation


"But it will be a significant number of people who are deployed into the armed forces or from the armed forces who will specialise in, to a greater extent, in this sort of deterrent."

Mr Brownlee said cyber weapons were now significant, as evidenced by the reliance of individuals on a multitude of technologies.


"Now you can multiply that across a whole economy, or a whole set of economies and see what the potential might be to turn an attack on that - we all know about this - cyber attacks into an effective a weapon as a bomb.

So it's a much wider concept than just saying it's to protect, or it's to attack - we need to know what other people are up to, particularly in a military sense."

When asked how closely the Government Communications Security Bureau would be involved, Mr Brownlee said there would be a "high level of co-operation".


Maritime Threats and Illegal Fishing

As activity in New Zealand's waters increased, the White Paper warned incidents that required a New Zealand response were more likely to occur.

It said the size, intrinsic value and challenges associated with managing the country's large maritime domain underlined the significance of maritime threats to New Zealand.



The White Paper highlighted the Defence Force's activities and responsibilities in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean

New Zealand had a direct interest in the stability of Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, including its preservation, and the Defence Force must continue to monitor illegal, unregulated and unreported fishing, the paper said.

Mr Brownlee said illegal fishing came at a great cost to the country.


"Illegal fishing is one of the things that troubles us the most. It is an attack on our economy.

Similarly throughout the Pacific when you have unregulated fishing in some of our Pacific neighbours, that is also an attack on their economy and comes at a cost to us and our partner nations," Mr Brownlee said.

The White Paper also raised concerns about escalating tensions in the East and South China seas.

Over half of the country's maritime trade passed through the South China Sea, and the paper predicted that, over the coming decades, it was likely to remain a contested environment.

There would be serious implications for trade routes, and New Zealand's ability to service markets, should major instability occur in the region, it said.


"A secure maritime environment is vital to ensure our continued prosperity through maritime trade, as it is estimated that 99 percent of New Zealand's exports and imports are delivered by sea transport,"
Chief of the Defence Force Lieutenant General Tim Keating said.

"We just can't leave maritime security responsibilities to others without having a credible contribution ourselves," he said.


Funding Not Broken Down

A $20bn price tag over the next 15 years would be needed to implement the plan, but the White Paper did not contain a specific breakdown of costs.

Related: Defence White Paper 2016


Mr Key said the money would have to be appropriated through the normal budget process.


"So Budget 2016 had the forecast period where there was some obviously increase but also base allocation for [the Defence Force].

Secondly, there is some that can be funded through their depreciation allowance but over time, future budgets will have to make bigger allowances, both capital and operating, for Defence's capability."

The level of military spending was justified, Mr Key said.

"Well, firstly, it's over a long period of time... Secondly, if you look at our spending at about 1.1 percent of GDP, it's at the more modest end of spending when nations allocate resources towards our military capability."




More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration

Nicky Hager writes "Let the US send a warship" to be part of the NZ Navy's 75th birthday in November because the Nuclear-Free Act will not be threatened by such a visit.



The United States nuclear powered warship Texas arrives in New Zealand, in August 1983

The response of Auckland Peace Action is that it is not okay for any warships from anywhere to come to New Zealand, nuclear-armed or not.

Related: New Zealand To Abandon It’s Hard Fought Nuclear Free Stance?

The aspirations of the nuclear-free movement of the 1970s and 1980s did not come from a selfish desire to be safe from nuclear war and fallout. It was a powerful political movement that demanded a different kind of world: one entirely free of nuclear weapons, and one in which New Zealand set an example as a neutral, non-aligned, peacemaking country.

What Nicky Hager failed to mention and what people need to know today about the proposed visit of some 30 navies (including the US Navy) is that this event, billed as a "celebration", is part of an enormous arms fair sponsored by the world's largest weapons manufacturers - including nuclear weapons makers - and a military recruiting and public-relations campaign that will involve New Zealand in future wars.

The nuclear-free legislation isn't threatened; it has just been sidelined.

The week of events planned for Auckland in November is sponsored by many companies who directly profit from war, including Lockheed Martin, Thales, Babcock, ThyssenKrupp, and Cubic Defence (all in the top 100 list of international arms companies), along with the NZ Defence Industry Association, itself an industry trade promotion group consisting of another 60-odd members involved in weapons and military-related production.



Lockheed Martin is the world's largest weapons manufacturer and supplier to such regimes as Saudi Arabia, a country that today stands accused of using these very weapons to commit war crimes.

Along with the "International Fleet Review" which is essentially a parade of military hardware, a two-day arms fair at the ANZ Viaduct Events Centre is planned. Lockheed Martin is the principle sponsor and more than 500 delegates and weapons company representatives are expected. Here, military men can make deals to buy all the naval hardware and other weaponry on display.

Unsurprisingly, Lockheed Martin currently has a $446 million contract with the NZ Navy to upgrade New Zealand's two frigates, Te Mana and Te Kaha, boats the Government has already indicated it plans to replace as part of its $20 billion boost to the NZ Defence Force announced as part of last week's Defence White Paper.

This enormous injection of cash into the military is happening despite the NZDF's own evidence that "the country does not face a direct military threat in the foreseeable future".

The NZDF and those who support New Zealand's involvement in US wars, however, clearly do see a threat - a threat to their public support and, thus, continued operations.

This is the real reason behind the Navy's 75th birthday.



Their "celebration" is a stage-managed marketing event to secure public support for future wars, ever-increasing budgets and the recruitment of young men and women to fight and die.

The Navy says so itself: its four goals for the event are "reputation, relationships, retention and recruiting".

The New Zealand military has been continuously at war in Afghanistan alongside the US for 15 years; it is conducting regular training with the US Marine Corp, and it participates in the largest maritime war exercises in the world, the US-led Rimpac.

Related: RIMPAC, the Rim of the Pacific Exercise, is the world's largest international maritime warfare exercise

Instead of leading us to complacency because the Nuclear-Free Act is still intact, Hager could have taken the opportunity to encourage a redoubling of the efforts of the thousands of people who worked to make New Zealand nuclear-free and the necessity of expanding that position.

That movement was brave, capable and courageous 30 years ago. It is a movement to truly celebrate, but its work remains unfinished.

It is that work that is now urgently necessary.

Related: Fully Loaded: The Ten Biggest Gun Manufacturers in America


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
New Zealand To Abandon It’s Hard Fought Nuclear Free Stance?
June 18 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

How disgraceful it is that Prime Minister Key in ‘considering U.S. navy ship visits’. For New Zealand this is a deplorable betrayal of the years of stiff arming by the U.S. against New Zealand because our nation stood up for peace and was counted as being against the proliferation of nuclear weapons demonstrating that we have an independent voice in world affairs.



Discussing this issue Hawke’s Bay Today May 31 states that a new poll shows 75% of New Zealanders agree with Key. Lets see the poll, it’s news to me! Even if it was true it doesn’t mean New Zealand should abandon the policy.

Related: A Nuclear–Free Moment


The article states the U.S. navy has boycotted NZ ports since 1986 and even after the ban of mutual navy exercises with the U.S. was lifted in 2010 the U.S. still blocked our navy from berthing at naval base yards in Pearl Harbour forcing our wee frigate to berth in a domestic wharf. How ridiculous! Call this country a friend, an ally?

The U.S. policy of hegemony over any country that displays independence from Washington neocon control, stops at nothing to force servitude over any nation.

The abandonment of our nuclear free status immediately places our sovereign nation at risk in the incidence of a nuclear war and believe me when I say this is the madness that is driving Washington policy right now. John Key has no right to be pandering to Washington demands and expectations giving away New Zealand’s’ years of hard fought independent nuclear free policy.

Wake up readers to the fact that right now the U.S. is placing right along the borders of Russia, in Poland, Romania and the Latvian countries a massive military build up including thousands of U.S. personnel, tanks, armoured vehicles and missiles aimed at Russia.

The madmen/women of Washington believe they can win a nuclear war with Russia! These insane people are agents of the U.S. military/industrial complex and this policy is to force Russia into submission to Washington control over its resources and is being repeated also with China in regard to the man made islands in the South China Sea.

The United States treats any independence from its dominance as unacceptable and will not allow independent policy without punishing that country in some way, just as it has attempted to do with New Zealand’s nuclear free policy, a laughable response really to such a small country saying ‘no not here thanks’.

Servitude is delivered by way of economic sanctions to weaken a nations economy as it was with Iran over nuclear energy policy when there was no threat (New Zealand ‘had’ to abandon its burgeoning trade with Iran for years until sanctions were lifted) and again with Russia over the western media trumped up lie that Russia had invaded the Ukraine when all along it was Washington and the CIA that was funding and supporting the coup in Ukraine in February 2014.

Or it is direct military intervention as in Afghanistan, chasing Osama bin Laden who from a cave managed to out smart the most sophisticated air defense system in the world on 9/11, or Iraq with the ‘weapons of mass destruction’ lie, or Libya where Colonel Gadaffi dared to suggest that Arab nations should trade their oil in anything but U.S. dollars, or Syria where the U.S. seeks regime change as once parroted by John Key after one of his Obama golf games, or Yemen where its agents in Saudi Arabia are causing genocide against Shia Muslims or in Somalia.





No one in their right mind could believe the U.S. is battling around the world to spread ‘freedom and democracy’ because the freedom and democracy of the last Bush administration retained by Obama has resulted in millions dead or maimed, whole countries of Arab lands destroyed and refugee crisis that is changing the face of European life.

The U.S. military / industrial complex and the politicians that pay homage to it deliver death all over the world wherever it is engaged. We should not be re-engaging with them now!

Key is a product of Wall Street, his millions were made trading in U.S. financial circles.

While this is not a criticism he is well schooled, has been well paid to deliver New Zealand into servitude to Washington influence and policy.

Little by little New Zealand succumbs to U.S. influences that prepare us only for war and death.
Just take a look at your TV tonight, any night, to hear the news.

It is virtually 100% feed from U.S. mainstream, propaganda fed right to your lounge every night, missing out the real things going on in the world and serving up lightweight trivia of no importance, accept to vilify Russia and cast a bad light upon China, worse for North Korea.

The trash that is served up as programming ‘entertainment’ is all about conflict, murder and dominant military prowess as brave Americans save the downtrodden in foreign lands.

We are being slowly submersed into servitude once more regarding our nuclear free stance and as an aside to the nuclear warship issue this is happening with the TPPA, a treaty (called a ‘partnership’, the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement) between nations that our local MP still calls a ‘trade agreement’.



The word ‘trade’ doesn’t get a look in with the title! It is a treaty outlining the way American corporates can over ride the wishes of an electorate in tribunals outside the jurisdiction of sovereign nations  This is the economic part of hegemony, to completely dominate and control a foreign country but our western politicians are too blind or stupid to see this.

That is why any move to embrace more U.S. influence is something to be rejected, it can only lead to our nation becoming a target more than it is with the established surveillance posts being a target already.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested In Iraq
June 15 2016 | From: FarsNews / Youtube / GlobalResearch

“The security and popular forces have held captive an Israeli colonel, a commander of Iraq’s popular mobilization forces. The Zionist officer is ranked colonel and had participated in the Takfiri ISIL group’s terrorist operations,” he added.



Noting that he was arrested along with a number of ISIL terrorists, the commander said, “The Israeli colonel’s name is Yusi Oulen Shahak and is ranked colonel in Golani Brigade of the Zionist regime’s army with the security and military code of Re34356578765az231434.” Note: Some of this material in this article collection is a few months old - but this has no bearing on the content.

Related: The Bush / Cheney / Rumsfeld Strategy for Iraq


Guess Who is Behind the Islamic State: Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq

He said that the relevant bodies are now interrogating the Israeli colonel to understand the reasons behind his fighting alongside the ISIL forces and the presence of other Zionist officers among ISIL terrorists.
Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World




The Iraqi security forces said the captured colonel has already made shocking confessions.

Several ISIL militants arrested in the last one year had already confessed that Israeli agents from Mossad and other Israeli espionage and intelligence bodies were present in the first wave of ISIL attacks on Iraq and capture of Mosul in Summer 2014, but no ranking Israeli agent had been arrested.

Political and military experts told FNA that the capture of the Israeli colonel will leave a grave impact on Iraq’s war strategy, including partnership with Israeli allies.

In a relevant development in July, Iraqi volunteer forces announced that they had shot down a drone that was spying on the Arab country’s security forces in the city of Fallujah, Western Iraq.

Iraq’s popular forces reported that they had brought down a hostile surveillance aircraft over the Southeastern Fallujah in Anbar Province.

They said that the wreckage of the ISIL’s spy drone carried ‘Israel-Made’ labels. This was not the first Israeli-made drone downed in Iraq. In August 2015 an Israeli Hermes drone was shot down in the vicinity of Baghdad Airport.


Delivery Of US Weapons And Ammunition To ISIS: Iraqi Commander Wiretaps ISIS Communications With US Military

A commander of Iraq’s popular forces disclosed that wiretapping of ISIL’s communications has confirmed the reports that the US planes have been airdropping food and arms supplies for the Takfiri terrorists.

Related: Caught in the Act: US Plane Airdrops Arms Intended for Daesh in Iraq


“The wiretapped ISIL communications by Iraqi popular forces have revealed that the US planes have been dropping weapons and foodstuff for the Takfiri terrorist group,”
Commander of Iraq’s Ali Akbar Battalion told FNA.

He noted that tapping on ISIL disclosed the terrorist group’s regular contacts with the US army, and said:


“They exchanged sentences like if they would have a share of the ammunition dropped near (Spiker Military Base) or responses such as ‘you will also receive your share’.”

“The US forces by dropping weapons and ammunition for ISIL, specially in Yassreb, Al-Ramadi and near Spiker Base in Hay al-Qadessiya have provided a lot of help to the ISIL,” he added.

Many similar reports by Iraqi officials and forces have surfaced in the last few months.

In February, an Iraqi provincial official lashed out at the western countries and their regional allies for supporting Takfiri terrorists in Iraq, revealing that the US airplanes still continue to airdrop weapons and foodstuff for the ISIL terrorists.


“The US planes have dropped weapons for the ISIL terrorists in the areas under ISIL control and even in those areas that have been recently liberated from the ISIL control to encourage the terrorists to return to those places,”
Coordinator of Iraqi popular forces Jafar al-Jaberi told FNA.

He noted that eyewitnesses in Al-Havijeh of Kirkuk province had witnessed the US airplanes dropping several suspicious parcels for ISIL terrorists in the province.


“Two coalition planes were also seen above the town of Al-Khas in Diyala and they carried the Takfiri terrorists to the region that has recently been liberated from the ISIL control,”
Al-Jaberi said.

Meantime, Head of Iraqi Parliament’s National Security and Defense Committee Hakem al-Zameli also disclosed that the anti-ISIL coalition’s planes have dropped weapons and foodstuff for the ISIL in Salahuddin, Al-Anbar and Diyala provinces.

In January, al-Zameli underlined that  the coalition is the main cause of ISIL’s survival in Iraq.


“There are proofs and evidence for the US-led coalition’s military aid to ISIL terrorists through air(dropped cargoes),”
he told FNA at the time.

He noted that the members of his committee have already proved that the US planes have dropped advanced weaponry, including anti-aircraft weapons, for the ISIL, and that it has set up an investigation committee to probe into the matter.


“The US drops weapons for the ISIL on the excuse of not knowing about the whereabouts of the ISIL positions and it is trying to distort the reality with its allegations."

He noted that the committee had collected the data and the evidence provided by eyewitnesses, including Iraqi army officers and the popular forces, and said, “These documents are given to the investigation committee… and the necessary measures will be taken to protect the Iraqi airspace.”

Also in January, another senior Iraqi legislator reiterated that the US-led coalition is the main cause of ISIL’s survival in Iraq.


The international coalition is only an excuse for protecting the ISIL and helping the terrorist group with equipment and weapons,” Jome Divan, who is member of the al-Sadr bloc in the Iraqi parliament, said.

He said the coalition’s support for the ISIL is now evident to everyone, and continued, “The coalition has not targeted ISIL’s main positions in Iraq.”

In Late December, Iraqi Parliamentary Security and Defense Commission MP disclosed that a US plane supplied the ISIL terrorist organization with arms and ammunition in Salahuddin province.

MP Majid al-Gharawi stated that the available information pointed out that US planes are supplying ISIL organization, not only in Salahuddin province, but also other provinces, Iraq TradeLink reported.

He added that the US and the international coalition are:


“Not serious in fighting against the ISIL organization, because they have the technological power to determine the presence of ISIL gunmen and destroy them in one month”.

Gharawi added that “the US is trying to expand the time of the war against the ISIL to get guarantees from the Iraqi government to have its bases in Mosul and Anbar provinces.”

Salahuddin security commission also disclosed that “unknown planes threw arms and ammunition to the ISIL gunmen Southeast of Tikrit city”.

Also in Late December, a senior Iraqi lawmaker raised doubts about the seriousness of the anti-ISIL coalition led by the US, and said that the terrorist group still received aids dropped by unidentified aircraft.


“The international coalition is not serious about air strikes on ISIL terrorists and is even seeking to take out the popular (voluntary) forces from the battlefield against the Takfiris so that the problem with ISIL remains unsolved in the near future,”
Nahlah al-Hababi told FNA.

“The ISIL terrorists are still receiving aids from unidentified fighter jets in Iraq and Syria,” she added.

Hababi said that the coalition’s precise airstrikes are launched only in those areas where the Kurdish Pishmarga forces are present, while military strikes in other regions are not so much precise.

In late December, the US-led coalition dropped aids to the Takfiri militants in an area North of Baghdad.

Field sources in Iraq told al-Manar that the international coalition airplanes dropped aids to the terrorist militants in Balad, an area which lies in Salahuddin province North of Baghdad.

In October, a high-ranking Iranian commander also slammed the US for providing aid supplies to ISIL, adding that the US claims that the weapons were mistakenly airdropped to ISIL were untrue.


“The US and the so-called anti-ISIL coalition claim that they have launched a campaign against this terrorist and criminal group – while supplying them with weapons, food and medicine in Jalawla region (a town in Diyala Governorate, Iraq). This explicitly displays the falsity of the coalition’s and the US’ claims,”
Deputy Chief of Staff of the Iranian Armed Forces Brigadier General Massoud Jazayeri said.

The US claimed that it had airdropped weapons and medical aid to Kurdish fighters confronting the ISIL in Kobani, near the Turkish border in Northern Syria.

The US Defense Department said that it had airdropped 28 bundles of weapons and supplies, but one of them did not make it into the hands of the Kurdish fighters.

Video footage later showed that some of the weapons that the US airdropped were taken by ISIL militants.

The Iranian commander insisted that the US had the necessary intelligence about ISIL’s deployment in the region and that their claims to have mistakenly airdropped weapons to them are as unlikely as they are untrue.

Related: We Didn't Need to Wait for Chilcot, Blair Lied to us About Iraq. Here's the Evidence


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Worst Mass Shooting In US History Leaves 50 Dead, Many Wounded At Orlando Gay Club - Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance + Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S - False Flag / Sacrificial Lamb?
June 14 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview / Inforwars

A shooting rampage at an Orlando, Florida nightclub early Sunday left “approximately 50″ people dead, including the gunman, and 42 injured, authorities said.



At a 7 AM EDT news conference, Police Chief John Mina said the shooting began at 2:02 a.m., when three police officers engaged in a gun battle with a suspect outside Orlando Pulse, an LGBTQ club just south of downtown.

Related: Orlando shooting: 50 killed, shooter pledged ISIS allegiance

A hostage situation then took place inside, and a SWAT team was called in, Mina said. Police received updates from patrons trapped in the club, and decided to storm the club at about 5 a.m.


“We exchanged gunfire with the suspect, and he was dead at the scene”,
Mina said.

Javer Antonetti, 53, told the Orlando Sentinel that he was near the back of the dance club when he heard gunfire. “There were so many (shots), at least 40,” he said. “I saw two guys and it was constant, like ‘pow, pow, pow,’.”

Mina said 42 people were transferred to local hospitals, and one officer was wounded. He estimated the death toll at 20, and said at least 30 people were rescued.


“Tonight our community witnessed a horrific crime… that will have a lasting effect on our community,”
Orlando Mayor Buddy Dyer said.

“Do we consider this an act of terrorism? Absolutely, we are investigating this from all parties’ perspective as an act of terrorism,” said Danny Banks, special agent in charge of the Florida Department of Law Enforcement Danny Banks.

“We can confirm this is a mass casualty situation. Support from local/state/federal agencies,” Orlando police tweeted about four hours after events began to unfold. Then, a short time later: “Pulse Shooting: The shooter inside the club is dead.”

Orlando’s annual weeklong Gay Days festival ended on June 6 in which up to 150,000 in the LGBTQ community come from over the world for the 25th anniversary of Gay Days. It is one of the largest gay pride events in the world.


Orlando Shooting Suspect Identified As Omar Mateen, Registered Democrat Of Afghan Descent With Firearm License

The suspected gunman in today’s gruesome Orlando nightclub shooting which killed “approximately 20 people” has been identified by relatives and law enforcement officials as Omar Mateen, a 29-year-old from Fort Pierce, Florida, CBS reports.

Related: Donald Trump Seizes on Orlando Shooting and Repeats Call for Temporary Ban on Muslim Migration



According to social media, he is a US citizen, born in 1986, from Port Saint Lucie, FL. and both his parents are from Afghanistan. He was a registered democrat with a security officer and firearms license.

The Orlando Mayor says he used an assault rifle, while Florida Congressman Alan Grayson adds that he believes the attack is “more likely than not” ideologically motivated.





Related: Orlando Killer Worked For Company Transporting Illegal Immigrants Inside US; Was Interviewed By FBI 3 Times

According to BBC, Mateen was not on any terrorism watch list, although as CBS also adds Islamic terrorism is being investigated as one of the possible motives behind the mass shooting. CNN adds that the suspected Orlando gunman was trained in use of weapons.

Some more details on the alleged shooter as disclosed on Find the Data, disclose that he was a registered Democrat in the 18th Congressional District.

A search of the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services database reveals that Mateen had security officer and firearms licenses:







Is Orlando a False Flag? Update: Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S - False Flage / Sacrificial Lamb?

Orlando nightclub shooting: Yet another false flag?

It sure walks, talks and quacks like one

Related: Orlando Shootings Mask Clinton Hijacking of California Primary

They’re calling it “the worst terror attack since 9/11.” A Muslim is being blamed for shooting up a gay nightclub in Orlando, Florida, killing more than fifty people.

In the recently-published Another French False Flag, former CIA clandestine services officer Robert David Steele – who admits he executed on false flag operation for the Agency – lists ten “key indicators of a modern false flag.”

The most important is #10: “Who benefits?” So let’s start there. [ Read full article ]

Update 2: An alert reader has pointed out that only the stupid would accept the video taped pledge of allegiance to ISIS at face value. In a clandestine environment, the shooter could be told that he is auditioning for a possible operational promotion, and asked to do this, even given a script. A prospective candidate for access agent status going against ISIS would be assigned to increase mosque attendance and signs of commitment. There is NOTHING so far that suggests this individual had anything against gays or any reason to actually target gays. All signs point to a false flag event.

Update 2: An alert reader has pointed out that the shooter (who was killed on site and cannot speak for himself) was an employee of a known CIA front company and ally, Wackenhut / G4S. Wackenhut, which manages prisons among other capabilities, is perfectly positioned to provide “men without a country” or relatives, and to provide men who can be mentally incapacitated or conditioned for “special duties.”

See Also:

Orlando Killer Worked For Company Transporting Illegal Immigrants Inside US; Was Interviewed By FBI 3 Times

Orlando nightclub shooter worked for government security contractor

Phi Beta Iota: We are particularly impressed by the connections that Dr. Barrett draws between Robert Steele’s “who benefits” test question, and the radical contrast between the past week of celebrating Muhamad Ali. This mass murder is exactly what one can expect from amoral individuals who want to force the US hand in relation to putting troops on the ground against ISIS in Syria.

What the public does not understand is that ISIS is a creation of Saudi Arabia and the USA, and the objective in Syria is to make possible a Saudi pipeline to the sea. Israel supports the destabilization of Syria because that is consistent with its grand strategy to destabilize the Middle East.

We have not seen the bodies and therefore doubt very much the veracity of the official narrative. We are pretty certain the FBI will not do serious forensics that could reveal multiple shooters, so this will be another coverup, just like the assassination of JFK, the assassination of MLK, the USS Cole, 9/11, and other recent false flags.

See Also:

False Flags @ Phi Beta Iota

Orlando Shooting- Paul Craig Roberts

Heavily armed man arrested while heading to ‘harm’ LA gay pride event

Man 'Cut Off' Live On Air, After Saying Someone Was Holding Doors Closed at Pulse Night Club


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Utility Smart Meters - A Probable Terrorist Connection Unveiled?
June 11 2016 | From: ActivistPost

All throughout the USA - plus globally - informed and concerned citizens are refusing AMI smart meters for electric, natural gas, and municipal water utility services, which are provided using a Marxist-draconian-like edict and rollout by utility companies that want to cash in on the funding they can receive from the feds to institute what amounts to an apparent ‘first leg’ push for the global smart grid and Internet of Things (IoT)



The IoT is designed to track everyone’s every interaction at all times - in your car (transponders and E-Z Pass); on your computers - specifically Windows 10 backdoors that apparently allow the feds access to your computer; through your ‘smart’ home appliances - especially TVs; plus a human RFID microchip surgically imbedded somewhere inside your body to enforce a cashless society, tracking, and an obvious ultimate control mechanism over every human! 

Related: The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ)

That IoT sure beats what Karl Marx, Adolph Hitler, and Joseph Stalin visualized and enforced!  Why aren’t consumers waking up to what’s being done to us? 

Furthermore, does the Draco-like (7th-century Athenian statesman and lawmaker, or his code of laws, which prescribed death for almost every offence) push for vaccines starting as soon as a fetus exits the womb until one reaches advanced old age play a part in any of this, especially vaccine nanoparticles?



Related: Seattle Suehawks: Smart meter hush-up launched because, er ... terrorism

However, one specific aspect of the dumb ‘smart’ technology came into daylight recently because of what’s been going on in Seattle, Washington - terrorism associated with hacking smart systems.  Hopefully, that aspect finally will register enough concern in the hearts, minds, and souls of humans to enable us to recognize, and seriously ponder, that we are being downsized into zombies or human robots!

The issue that’s raised security concerns, plus hackles, at corporate levels is the fact that utility companies’ smart meter technology is being equated with terroristic capabilities!  Read that again and let it sink into the very depths of your being.

All those dumb ‘smart’ gadgets we can’t live without, and everyone has bought into, pose severe capabilities for terrorists’ hacking, plus a total takeover of the grid! How do you like ‘them’ apples?



Related: Britain’s IoD: “Smart Meters Are A Government IT Disaster Waiting To Happen”

The quintessential Pandora’s Box is nothing compared with smart technology and its capabilities of being hacked at every level of communication.  How do we know that? 

Well, it’s been revealed that when Seattle City Light, a public power utility in Washington State, was asked by an activist for their smart meter and grid details, etc., in order to find out what kind of safety and security safeguards were built in by smart meter suppliers Landis+Gyr and Sensus USA, that request wound up in a rather bizarre legal battle! 

Why?

Here’s the story of activist Phil Mocek’s request for smart meter information that ran into legal troubles.  However, I’d like to cut to what may be the real deal about not releasing those plans, etc:


“The smart meter suppliers objected to the release of the information on the grounds that the unredacted documents would disclose their trade secrets and open the public to terrorist attacks on their infrastructure.
"

As a result of smart meter suppliers/manufacturers legal actions, this is where the issue currently stands:


“Mocek was given a mix of unredacted and redacted documents by the city, the meter makers complained, whereas he should only have received and published files they had censored.

Seattle officials said they were not skilled enough to know for sure which parts to redact, so left it to the suppliers to edit the files – yet, unredacted information managed to make its way into Mocek’s hands and onto the internet.

Landis+Gyr and Sensus promptly sued the city, Mocek and Muckrock, and filed for an injunction: ultimately, the suppliers wanted the documents taken down, and the unredacted copies banned from public view.

On Thursday, a temporary restraining order was granted by the King County Superior Court in Washington – and Muckrock founder Michael Morisy confirmed the unredacted documents have been taken down pending the outcome of the case."



Related: Hundreds Of Smart Meters Simultaneously Explode

However, there seems to be some element of naivety involved regarding all this, I offer, and the following leads me to that conclusion:


In the meantime, however, Mocek also has some additional problems to deal with, thanks to the legal wrangling. Though he has filed similar information requests in the past, he says he has never had to face a lawsuit simply because he wanted to look at public records and keep a local utility honest.

“I don’t think [Seattle City Light] are going to put a device on my house to spy on me,” he quipped. “I think they are being bamboozled by vendors who want to make a lot of money by replacing thousands of meters.”


Related: As US court bans smart meter blueprints from public, sysadmin tells of fight for security info

To which I offer:  I think Mr. Mocek and everyone else needs to reconsider the “spy on me” aspect. How naïve are we, if we don’t put two and two together and come up with the correct answer?  Utility companies are providing customers’ smart meter information to others, as a California utility admits:


This data is very valuable because it can reveal patterns about what you do and when.  California utility companies admitted  they are providing smart meter data to the government and third parties."

There’s a 4.3 minute video explaining what smart meters really can and do, regarding surveillance of customers’ homes in this website.  It’s found under “Privacy invasion.” 

However, I need to tell readers that my computer surveillance package won’t allow me to copy and paste that video URL into this article!  Interesting?  No - my computer is compromised as, apparently, all computers are of those who do the type of work I do.



CIA Director Calls Smart Grid “Stupid” Due to Security Problems




If the Smart Grid is that “stupid”, then there must be some ulterior Faustian reason for it to be mandated and installed, wouldn’t you say?  No one can be that damn dumb to mandate a system that can cause more harm, especially in the area of personal privacy and national security.  Haven’t we learned anything from nine-eleven?

You no doubt have heard about people who live in glass houses and their vulnerabilities. 


Well, your house, no matter what it’s made of, will become a crystal clear, see-through structure to all who want to know about your every moment, movement, occupancy times, and use of smart gadgets and, in turn, broadcast that information via hackable cell phone technology in smart meters and, ultimately, sell that personal information without your knowledge and permission to third parties; plus open your privacy, life, and home to burglars, thieves, and government or foreign hackers.

Is that the price we are willing to pay for buying into all the dumb smart technology being forced upon us?

I think every homeowner should file a formal complaint with their utility company and public utility commission informing them that they must obtain an official court order in order to be able to access your personal information via a smart meter. 

Basically, it’s a surveillance device! Enforce your lawful rights!

Related: Reports Of Illness Prompt Audit Of Smart Meter Radiation


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence
June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?



The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East.

Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity?

The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.


Presumption of a Cover-Up …

Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime.  American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for  the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11?

Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags


Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence

For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this.

(The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company.  And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)


Destruction of Videotapes

The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.



Related: Obama Administration Caught Conspiring to Destroy Key 9/11 Evidence in Trial at Gitmo

9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:


“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation.
"

And:


“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed."

If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."


Related: How the CIA Writes History


Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes

The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.




Black Boxes

The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.


Pentagon Fibs

The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.


Soviet-Style “Minders”

The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this).

In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.


Undermining Investigation

President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine.

This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this).

The administration then starved the commission of funds.  The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly.

Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001.

The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.


Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:


“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US.

In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission.

The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages.

Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels.

Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes
.

The staff protests were mostly overruled.

***

But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:


Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence.

The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."


Letting Terrorists Go Free

A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?


Destruction of Physical Evidence

The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

Note the demolition charges going off...

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center.

The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.


9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation

The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation:

9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail”

The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”



9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .”

9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting”

9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”.  When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions”

The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.”

The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it

9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued



Planting False Evidence

Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this).


According to NBC News:

Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured

At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured”

One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ

The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves


Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:


Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found.

A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

UK Trains Or Arms Half The Countries On Its List Of Human Rights Abusers
May 29 2016 | From: Anitmedia

New research has shown the U.K. is providing military training and support to over half the countries named on its own watchlist of human rights abusers. An investigation by Campaign Against Arms Trade (CAAT) and The Independent has revealed U.K. armed forces have trained security and armed forces personnel from 16 of 30 regimes who are on a Foreign Office (FCO) watch list for use of torture and violence.



The FCO publishes an annual report on Human Rights and Democracy that lists countries of “wide-ranging concern.” While it is no secret the interests of the military-industrial complex come before human rights, information obtained from the Ministry of Defence could arguably be satire if it weren’t so appalling.


The discovery that British soldiers have trained armed forces in over half the countries on its own human rights watchlist warrants an even slower hand clap than Tony Blair’s admission, weeks ahead of the Chilcot Inquiry, that his understanding of the Middle East “is a lot deeper today” than when he was Prime Minister.



Despite horrific human rights records, the “countries of concern” benefiting from support from the British war machine are listed as Afghanistan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Burma, Burundi, China, Colombia, Egypt, Iraq, Libya, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, Yemen, and Zimbabwe. Andrew Smith from CAAT said Britain should not be colluding with countries it knows are led by authoritarian regimes, adding that the U.K. army has provided training to some of the most authoritarian states in the world.

Further, evidence of the U.K government’s support for violations of international humanitarian law by Saudi forces in Yemen came to light through a British-made cluster bomb found in a Yemeni village. Despite the use of cluster bombs being banned under the Convention on Cluster Munitions  (to which the U.K. is a State Party) the unexploded munition was discovered by Amnesty International during the inspection of a village in northern Yemen.

Originally manufactured in the 1970s, the weapon contains 147 “bomblets” that scatter across a wide area and often do not detonate until disturbed at a later date.

The U.K. is thought to have sold large numbers of cluster munitions to Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) since the 1980s. Even if the weapons were sold before Britain became a signatory to the Convention, Britain should take responsibility for weapons previously supplied. Better still, the country should honour its claim to have one of the most robust arms export controls in the world - and at least attempt to rein in the industry profiting from death and destruction all over the world.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Saudi Press: The United States Blew Up World Trade Center To Create ‘War On Terror’
May 25 2016 | From: Breitbart

This is happening in real time. Last week the US Senate voted to allow the Saudi's to be sued for 9/11. Now we have Saudia Arabia coming out and saying the US alone created 9/11. Cabal infighting escalating?



The Saudi press is still furious over the U.S. Senate’s unanimous vote approving a bill that allows the families of 9/11 victims to sue Saudi Arabia. This time, the London-based Al-Hayat daily has claimed that the U.S. planned the attacks on the World Trade Center in order to create a global war on terror. 

Related: Hyping of Saudi role in 9/11 a diversionary tactic by U.S. and Israel

The article, written by Saudi legal expert Katib al-Shammari and translated by MEMRI, claims that American threats to expose documents that prove Saudi involvement in the attacks are part of a long-standing U.S. policy that he calls “victory by means of archives.”

Al-Shammari claims that the U.S. chooses to keep some cards close to its chest in order to use them at a later date. One example is choosing not to invade Iraq in the 1990s and keeping its leader, Saddam Hussein, alive to use as “a bargaining chip” against other Gulf States. Only once Shi’ism threatened to sweep the region did America act to get rid of Hussein “since they no longer saw him as an ace up their sleeve.”



[Comment: This is not to say that 9/11 was solely a machination of the United States Government. The Saudi's were involved - but it was not them alone of course. Israel and it's Mossad were also involved. Ultimately, it was not so much an effort of particular countries, rather it was driven by the 'Illuminati' NWO 'Cabal' agenda which operates beyond national boundaries.]

He claims that the 9/11 attacks were another such card, enabling the U.S. to blame whoever suited its needs at a particular time; first it blamed Al-Qaeda and the Taliban, then Saddam Hussein’s regime in Iraq, and now Saudi Arabia.


September 11 is one of winning cards in the American archives, because all the wise people in the world who are experts on American policy and who analyze the images and the videos [of 9/11] agree unanimously that what happened in the [Twin] Towers was a purely American action, planned and carried out within the U.S.

Proof of this is the sequence of continuous explosions that dramatically ripped through both buildings … Expert structural engineers demolished them with explosives, while the planes crashing [into them] only gave the green light for the detonation – they were not the reason for the collapse.

But the U.S. still spreads blame in all directions."

Related: Saudi Press Just Accused US Govt of Blowing Up World Trade Centers as Pretext to Perpetual War

The intention of the attacks, writes al-Shammari in his conspiracy article, was to create “an obscure enemy – terrorism – which became what American presidents blamed for all their mistakes” and that would provide justification for any “dirty operation” in other countries.

The terror label was applied to Muslims even though it was Muslims who helped America defeat the Soviets and bring an end to the Cold War, he writes.

The problem, asserts al-Shammari, is that the U.S. must always find a new impetus to have an adversary, for “the nature of the U.S. is that it cannot exist without an enemy.”

Al-Shammari’s article comes amid a torrent of vociferous articles in the Saudi press that range from accusing the U.S. of being “schizophrenic” and in cahoots with Iran to publishing warnings that if passed, the “Satanic” bill would “open the gates of hell.”


David Rockefeller Gloats About 9/11 in 1967





Related Articles:

WTC cameras, locks, electricity turned off weekend before 9/11

Fourteen Incredible Facts About 9/11

CIA Threatens 9/11 Researchers Who Discover Explosive Evidence

9/11 - Mission Accomplished

Trump: Bush Had “Advanced Notice” of 9/11

What Happened on the Planes on September 11, 2001? The 9/11 Commission “Script” Was Fabricated

Incontrovertible


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
From The Archives For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars
April 14 2015 | From: MichaelRivero / Various Sources

A very eloquent and relatively concise video discourse on how and why the title of this piece is so tragically true, followed by a very detailed article for those who wish to read more.

This really is a must see / must read piece to be aware of the real history of banking and warmongering over the last 100 years - along with the how and why such nefarious plans were implemented; and to what ends.





This exposes the same plan that is being rolled out globally, not just in the United States.


"The common enemy of all human kind are private central banks issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, and as history will show, they will do anything up to, and including global war - to keep their lock on yours and your children's economic wellbeing and productivity.

We are not a free society. Media will tell us that we are free, but we are not free.

We are slaves, our slave chains are made of paper - and that paper is the Federal Reserve note [including the central bankster issued debt-based-notes of every other country]."

Too few of our leaders have tried to stand up to this system of enslavement, usually with lethal results. But if all of the people of the world stood up at the same time and said "No more private central banks", it will come crashing down, just as slavery did, just as rule by divine right did and we will be embarking on a new era in human history where the emphasis on human development is on the people and not on the money junkies.


Related: Nothing To Celebrate In ANZAC: The Bloody History Of The British Empire

[Note: This does not mean we should not remember the dead, who were duped into giving their lives for lies.]



"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again.

However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits."


- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain





I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this.

The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.




Interest Bearing bank note from the Bank of England, 1764


"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing."

- William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694



King George III


After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.


"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution."

- Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father

Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!


"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock."

- Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington

But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders.

Just one year after Mayer Amschel Rothschild had uttered his infamous "Let me issue and control a nation's money and I care not who makes the laws", the bankers succeeded in setting up a new Private Central Bank called the First Bank of the United States, largely through the efforts of the Rothschild's chief US supporter, Alexander Hamilton.



Alexander Hamilton


Founded in 1791, by the end of its twenty year charter the First Bank of the United States had almost ruined the nation's economy, while enriching the bankers.

Congress refused to renew the charter and signaled their intention to go back to a state issued value based currency on which the people paid no interest at all to any banker.

This resulted in a threat from Nathan Mayer Rothschild against the US Government, "Either the application for renewal of the charter is granted, or the United States will find itself involved in a most disastrous war."

Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed,
"Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!"

The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars.

Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government.



The First Bank of the United States


Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.



Click for larger image of the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1812, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812



"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none."

- Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons

Financed at virtually no interest by the
Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank.

And the plan worked. Even though the War of 1812 was won by the United States, Congress was forced to grant a new charter for yet another private bank issuing the public currency as loans at interest, the Second Bank of the United States.

Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.




The Second Bank of the United States



Bank Note from the Second Bank of the United States


Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!" True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.


"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country.

When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin!

Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!"

- Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States.

From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels




News report of Jackson shutting down the Second Bank of the United States, Geneva Gazette, October 2, 1833




President Zachary Taylor, ca 1850




President James Buchanon




President Abraham Lincoln



Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire.

Lawrence later said that with Jackson dead, "Money would be more plenty."

President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.


"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time."

- Zachary Taylor

Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms he displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning.

President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets.

He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died.

The public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years.

Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.


"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests."

- The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863

When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest.

Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.




Lincoln's Greenback - Click for larger image


"If this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost.

It will pay off debts and be without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous without precedent in the history of the world.

The brains, and wealth of all countries will go to North America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe."


- The London Times responding to Lincoln's decision to issue government Greenbacks to finance the Civil War, rather than agree to private banker's loans at 30% interest.

In 1872 New York bankers sent a letter to every bank in the United States, urging them to fund newspapers that opposed government-issued money (Lincoln's greenbacks).

"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country...

[T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders."

- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler


"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler "Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed.

This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY."


- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler

Goaded by the private bankers, much of Europe supported the Confederacy against the Union, with the expectation that victory over Lincoln would mean the end of the Greenback. France and Britain considered an outright attack on the United States to aid the confederacy, but were held at bay by Russia, which had just ended the serfdom system and had a state central bank similar to the system the United States had been founded on.



Tsar Alexander II of Russia, who prevented France and Britain from invading the US during the civil war.




President James Garfield




President William McKinley



Left free of European intervention, the Union won the war, and Lincoln announced his intention to go on issuing greenbacks.

Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers.

Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian military assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881.

With the end of Lincoln's Greenbacks, the US could no longer create its own interest free money and was manipulated during the term of President Ruthford B. Hayes into borrowing from the Rothschilds banking system in 1878, restoring to the Rothschilds control of the US economy they had lost under Andrew Jackson.


Messrs. Rothschild & Sons to Mr. Sherman.
[Cable message.]

April 12,1878.
Hon. John Sherman,
Secretary of the Treasury, Washington D. C.:

Very pleased we have entered into relations again with American Government. Shall do our best to make the business successful.

ROTHSCHILDS.


James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.



"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value.

Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender.

The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation.

These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept."


- James Garfield

"By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system.

Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals.

Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation.

If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world."


- James Garfield

"He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation."

- James Garfield

Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.

In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks.

McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.



"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened.

It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government.

The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury."


- William McKinley

McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt.

Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartel with the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers.





Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express.



The Federal Reserve; it is neither "Federal" nor does it have any actual "Reserves", creating as it does money out of thin air.


In 2012, the Federal Reserve attempted to rebuff a Freedom of Information Lawsuit by Bloomberg News on the grounds that as a private banking corporation and not actually a part of the government, the Freedom of Information Act did not apply to the "trade secret" operations of the Federal Reserve.


"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply."

"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries."

- "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" - Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975

"I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people."

- Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924


"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)...

The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon.

When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served.

States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."


- Andrew Gavin Marshall

1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.


"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment."

- U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.

Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home.

This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank.

But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions.



News report of Wilson's signing the Federal Reserve Act. Under the Constitution, only a new Amendment could transfer the government's authority to create the currency to a private party.




President Woodrow Wilson



Woodrow Wilson later regretted that decision.


"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country.

A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit.

We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but
a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men."

- Woodrow Wilson 1919

Thomas Edison, arguably the most brilliant man of the age, was also well aware of the fraud of private central banks.



"People who will not turn a shovel full of dirt on the project nor contribute a pound of material, will collect more money from the United States than will the People who supply all the material and do all the work.

This is the terrible thing about interest ...

But here is the point: If the Nation can issue a dollar bond it can issue a dollar bill.

The element that makes the bond good makes the bill good also.

The difference between the bond and the bill is that the bond lets the money broker collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%.

Whereas the currency, the honest sort provided by the Constitution pays nobody but those who contribute in some useful way.

It is absurd to say our Country can issue bonds and cannot issue currency.

Both are promises to pay, but one fattens the usurer and the other helps the People.

If the currency issued by the People were no good, then the bonds would be no good, either.

It is a terrible situation when the Government, to insure the National Wealth, must go in debt and submit to ruinous interest charges at the hands of men who control the fictitious value of gold."

- Thomas A. Edison

The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.



In 1913, the Rothschild KM was able to establish a beachhead by bribing crooked, treasonous members of Congress to pass the illegal, Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act on Christmas Eve without a required quorum. The Act was then signed by a crooked, bought off President, who was a traitor to America, like the members of Congress who voted for it.



Archduke Franz Ferdinand, whose assassination triggered World War One




Hitler as TIME's man of the year




World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia with the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand.

Although the war started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, it quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States).

Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels.

Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power.

So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened.

Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war.

This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself.

Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators), permanently trapping the German people in endless debt.

When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power.

Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers.

Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry.

The media called it "The German Miracle".

TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938.

Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain.

Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!

 


"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain."

- Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)


"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not."

- Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast)

"Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it."

- Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US - General Robert E. Wood)

"This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany."

- Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)





Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window


As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.


"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to."

- Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946)

"Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig."

-Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)


As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany.



Marine Corps Major General Smedley Butler



And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America.

So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions.

General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act.

When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberately collapse the still-fragile economy and
blame him for it.

Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act.

The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally declassified in 1967, but rumors of the attempted coup became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.


"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force - the Marine Corps.

I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high - class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers.

In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time.

Now I am sure of it.

Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service.

Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in.

I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long.

I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916.

In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket.

I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents."


- General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935




President John F. Kennedy

As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.




Presidents Kennedy and Soekarno

Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the Bretton-Woods agreement at the end of WWII.

The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system - which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life
.

The efforts to regain control of the Global Collateral Accounts are now being led by Neil Keenan.

The West had been stealing from the Collateral Accounts for nearly 100 years but this has now been stopped by Neil Keenan and his associates, who have gone to considerable expense and risk in their mission to ensure the Global Collateral Accounts are accessible - for the humanitarian purposes for which they were established.



Kennedy's United States Note - with the lack of reference to the FEDERAL RESERVE

Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed from the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do.

All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation.
Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors).



John J. McCloy

John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public.

As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars.

Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance.

The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946.

The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions.
The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax.

That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.



The Bretton Woods resort, New Hampshire

The Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce.

Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate.

The United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes.




Nixon announced the end of gold convertability

Later termed the "Nixon shock", this move effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar.




The "Nixon Shock"


Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts.

Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral.

So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands.

But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. This was part of the forerunner to the UN Agernda 21 "Sustainability" farce.

The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself.

All of this is illegal as the Enclave Clause of the Constitution limits the Federal Government to owning the land under Federal Government buildings and military bases, and that Enclave Clause was written into the Constitution by the Founding Fathers to specifically to prevent the Federal Government simply seizing the land belonging to the people to sell off, pledge as collateral, or rent!



With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar.

The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations.

The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers.

The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil.

Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since.

But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy.

Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports.

Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use.




Saddam Hussein


Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm.

One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq under the lie of Saddam's nuclear weapons, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars.

The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.



Gaddafi

Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar.



Also see: Libya: From Africa’s Richest State Under Gaddafi, to Failed State After NATO Intervention

Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade.

This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world.

So,
the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi (the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.




General Wesley Clark blew the whistle on US plans to conquer the oil-rich Middle East, to attack and take over 7 countries in 5 years.

According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition).

What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland.

This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks.

Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose.

The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank.

Malaysia, one of the few remaining nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda" and has suffered numerous suspicious losses of its commercial passenger jets.

With the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.




Germany's gold bullion. Where is it?

The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold.

This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run.

So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that!

Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion.

So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon.

You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied.

The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda.

The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation.

That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt.

Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning the owners of the Private Central Bank.

The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of.

The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate.

Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate.

It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.








But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official.

Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks.

Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks.

The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it.

Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves.

So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed?

Apparently so. This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine, Russia, and China.

The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank.





The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious.

Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer.

It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich.

However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call.

This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before.

Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times.

Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course,
the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.





Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa have formed a parallel financial system called BRICS, officially launched on January 1, 2015.
As of this writing some 80 nations are ready to trade with BRICS in transactions that do not involve the US dollar.

Despite US economic warfare against both Russia and China, the Ruble and Yuan are seen as more attractive for international trade and banking than the US dollar,
hence the US attempt to fan the Ukraine crisis into war with Russia, and attempts to provoke North Korea as a back door to war with China.

The US Corporate Government: "These are the enemies of everything we hold dear in America: Your children must kill them for us..."

Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for.

The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt.

When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working.

When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild.

When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler.

As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.

The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.


"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good."

- Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010


"I am just a banker doing God's work."

- Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009




From the film "The International" which tells the story of the take-down of the corrupt Bank of Credit and Commerce International which was the 7th largest private bank in the world.


'The question the people of the world should be asking is not whether to raise debt ceilings, but rather why our governments, which are authorised to create and issue interest-free money, instead borrow that money at interest from a privately-owned central banking system, thereby plunging future generations into debt slavery to that bank?'



Three steps from Private Central Bank to World War:


Step 1: Enslave the nation to a private Central Bank issuing the public currency as a loan at interest to trap the people in unpayable debt

Step 2: When the people cannot borrow any more, have the government borrow on their behalf (and without their permissiono) to keep the pyramid scheme working

Step 3: When both the people and the government can no longer borrow, start a world war to conquer other nations wealth to "balance the books"




An Revealing Look at the Interests of the United Nations bodies of NATO and the WTO:




Click the image above to open a larger version in a new browser window


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
9/11 Cover-Up Imploding As Mainstream Media Forced To Report Saudi Link
April 23 2016 | From: Infowars / FreeThoughtProject / Various

Establishment media finally coming clean about attack: New evidence reveals a link between Saudi Arabia and 9/11, according to an international newspaper.



Ghassan Al-Sharbi, a Saudi bombmaker, is said to have taken flying lessons with the 9/11 hijackers and U.S. investigators found his flight certificate in an envelope from the Saudi embassy in Washington, D.C., the Australian reported, citing a recently declassified U.S. memo.

Related: It’s Time to Admit: The ‘9/11 Truthers’ Were Right


“The envelope points to the fundamental question hanging over us today: to what extent was the 9/11 plot facilitated by individuals at the highest levels of the Saudi government?”
Asked Brian McGlinchey, the activist who uncovered the 2003 memo known as Document 17.

Al-Sharbi was captured in Pakistan in 2002 and has since been held in Guantanamo Bay, which may indicate why President Obama has kept the detention center open despite promising he would close it “immediately” during his 2008 presidential campaign.




And Document 17 may explain why Saudi Arabia is freaking out right now, including the recent threat to dump nearly $750 billion in U.S. Treasury bonds and other assets if Congress passes a popular bill that would allow 9/11 victims to sue the country.

And it may also explain why both House Speaker Paul Ryan and Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell are trying to derail the bill, but they face a losing battle in the long-run: other mainstream outlets are finally coming clean about the Saudi connection to 9/11.


“The kingdom’s involvement was deliberately covered up at the highest levels of our government, and the coverup goes beyond locking up 28 pages of the Saudi report in a vault in the US Capitol basement,” Paul Sperry of the N.Y. Post reported. “Investigations were throttled, co-conspirators were let off the hook.”

“Case agents I’ve interviewed at the Joint Terrorism Task Forces in Washington and San Diego, the forward operating base for some of the Saudi hijackers, as well as detectives at the Fairfax County (Va.) Police Department who also investigated several 9/11 leads, say virtually every road led back to the Saudi Embassy in Washington, as well as the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles.”


After 60-Minutes Bombshell, White House Says Secret 9/11 Docs Could Be Declassified In 60 Days

Related: Censored 28 Pages of 911 Half Truths Plaguing Mainstream Media

On a recent episode of 60-Minutes, former Florida governor, Democratic U.S. Senator and onetime chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, Bob Graham implicated a US ally for their role in the September 11th attacks.

“I think it’s implausible to believe that 19 people, most of whom didn’t speak English, most of whom had never been in the United States before, many didn’t have a high school education, could have carried out such a complicated task without some support from within the United States,” says Graham in the interview, implicating Saudi Arabia for thier role in 9/11."

CBS reported that Graham and his Joint Inquiry co-chair in the House, former Representative Porter Goss (R-FL) - who went on to be director of the CIA - say the 28 pages were excised from their report by the Bush Administration in the interest of national security.

Graham wouldn’t discuss the classified contents, but says the 28 pages outline a network of people he believes supported hijackers in the U.S. He tells Steve Kroft he believes the hijackers were “substantially” supported by Saudi Arabia. Asked if the support was from government, rich people or charities, the former senator replies, “all of the above.”

Until now, anyone who questioned the highly suspect ‘official’ narrative on the 9/11 attacks has been labeled a conspiracy theorist or a kook. But when current and former members of Congress, U.S. officials, and the 9/11 Commissioners themselves call for the release of these 28-pages, which tells a different story of what happened that fateful day - people will listen - and listen, they did.

On Tuesday, after Graham’s appearance on 60-Minutes, he says he received a phone call - from the White House.

The Tampa Bay Times then spoke with Graham about that call.


“Graham told the Tampa Bay Times that Brett Holmgren, a senior policy adviser to the assistant to the president for Homeland Security, told him the declassification review of the documents withheld from a report issued by a Joint Congressional Commission in 2003 will soon be completed.

Graham, who asked the president to declassify the records more than two years ago, said he asked how soon he could expect a decision and was told “one or two months.”

Graham was co-chairman of a joint congressional committee that investigated the attacks.

The 28 pages were classified at the request of the FBI. Graham has been pushing for release of the documents since 2011 when he learned that the FBI had failed to disclose part of its investigation that included reports that high-ranking Saudi Arabian officials provided financial aid and other help to the 19 hijackers who flew airplanes into the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.

He says the FBI initially denied there were such reports but has since turned over 80,000 pages in a federal lawsuit seeking the release of all reports on the investigation.


The decision makers at the White House have realized the public cares about it and there is an urgency to come to a decision,’’ Graham said, noting that he appearance on 60-minutes prompted the White House to finally address the issue.

For over a decade, the families of the victims have demanded the full story on what happened and have only been met with ridicule and closed doors.

This information being aired on mainstream television followed by an ‘official’ response and plan to declassify the information is historical and heartening news to those seeking the truth. Now, we the people may finally receive more insight into the murderous actions on that day, bringing us closer to the closure we so sincerely deserve.


9/11 Commission Members Call For Release Of 28 Pages

Related: The Smoking Gun: "Document 17" Links Saudi Embassy In Washington To Sept 11

Saudi Arabian connection soon to be brought to light: Two months ago when Donald Trump said the release of the 28 classified pages of the 9/11 report would show the involvement of the Saudi government, NATIONAL REVIEW called him a “9/11 Truther” and said “Trump turned into an ALEX JONES SHOW caller”.

Now CBS’ 60 Minutes, along with former Senator Bob Graham, Chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and former members of the 9/11 Commission like Sen Bob Kerrey and John Lehman, Reagan’s Secretary of the Navy ,have joined Trump and Alex Jones Show callers in demanding the classified information be released.





Saudi Arabia is a Cancer on the World

Related: U.S. House of Representatives to introduce resolution to investigate Obama Administration’s high crimes and misdemeanors

Saudi Arabia is the worst country in the world, bar none. If it disappeared off the map tomorrow, the planet would hold the biggest party you’ve ever seen.

So why does Obama bow to Saudi royals like he’s their house bitch every time he visits?





Related: As Oil Prices Fall, Saudi Arabia Borrows $10 Billion to Stay Afloat



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Henry Kissinger, War Criminal Extraordinaire: What You Need To Know About His Real History - And Why The Sanders / Clinton Exchange Matters
April 22 2016 | From: Sott / Various

Sanders was right about Kissinger. His civilian death toll nears 4 million, his policies built today's Middle East. Vote Hillary, get Henry. That seemed to be the message Hillary Clinton wants to send; she's spoken highly of Kissinger in her last two debates with Bernie Sanders.



Sanders fired back at Clinton for seeking foreign-policy wisdom from the Vietnam-era secretary of state. "I find it rather amazing," Sanders said, "given that I happen to believe that Kissinger was one of the most destructive secretaries of state in the modern history of this country. I am proud to say that Henry Kissinger is not my friend. I will not take advice from Henry Kissinger."

Maybe Kissinger will be the Dick Cheney of this campaign, angling for a shot at a dark-lord VP, you know, like Cheney himself. I doubt it. Though, at 92 and still a congenital publicity seeker, he must be enjoying himself.



In my most recent book, Kissinger's Shadow, I tried to use Kissinger as a window onto both the collapse of the national security state, brought about by Vietnam, its reconstruction on new footings reading to meet the challenges of 1970s and beyond.

It is in that reconstruction, in which Kissinger was key, that one can find the beginning of the militarization of the Persian Gulf - that is, the seeds sprouting the catastrophe we now find ourselves in.

As I wrote a few months ago for TomDispatch:



“Similarly, each of Kissinger's Middle East initiatives has been disastrous in the long run.

Just think about them from the vantage point of 2015: banking on despots, inflating the Shah, providing massive amounts of aid to security forces that tortured and terrorized democrats, pumping up the U.S. defense industry with recycled petrodollars and so spurring a Middle East arms race financed by high gas prices, emboldening Pakistan's intelligence service, nurturing Islamic fundamentalism, playing Iran and the Kurds off against Iraq, and then Iraq and Iran off against the Kurds, and committing Washington to defending Israel's occupation of Arab lands.

Combined, they've helped bind the modern Middle East into a knot that even Alexander's sword couldn't sever."

At the debate, Bernie went on the offensive. He not only called Kissinger one of the most destructive secretaries of state in our modern history, he explained some of the history.

"
In fact, Kissinger's actions in Cambodia, when the United States bombed that country, over - through Prince Sihanouk, created the instability for Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge to come in who then butchered some 3 million innocent people - one of the worst genocides in the history of the world."



I have no doubt that the fact-checkers are going to mangle Sanders' claims here, but he is pretty much right.

Kissinger didn't create the Khmer Rouge, but his mad and illegal bombing of Cambodia created the conditions where the most genocidal, militant faction of a broad and diverse insurgency could seize control of first the insurgency and then the state.

So for the sake of fact-checking Kissinger's genocide in Cambodia for millennial supporters of Sanders, who weren't yet alive when Kissinger was acting with his full power, here's how I describe his responsibility in Kissinger's Shadow, with the help of Ben Kiernan, a professor of history at Yale:



That Kissinger, along with Nixon, presided over the bombing of Cambodia, and had done so since March of 1969, is now well known. Less so is that the worst of his bombing started in February 1973, a month after Washington, Hanoi, and Saigon signed the Paris Peace accords.

In 1972, the U.S. dropped, in total, 53,000 tons of bombs on Cambodia. Between February 8 and August 15, 1973, that number increased nearly five-fold and targeted not just enemy "sanctuaries" in the country's east but the whole country.

In other words, Washington dropped the same amount of explosives on Cambodia in these six months as it did in the entire previous four years. Think of it as an accelerando climax to Nixon and Kissinger's epic bombing opera.

"We would rather err on the side of doing too much," Kissinger said to his envoy in Cambodia the day after the escalation began, referring to the bombing, than too little. "I see no reason not to really whack the hell out of them in Cambodia," Nixon said to Kissinger a few days later.

The nominal reason for this intensified bombing was the same as it ever was: to save face. Years of bombing had, as discussed earlier, created an untenable situation in the country, leading to a 1970 coup that, in turn, broadened the social base of the insurgency to include communists, "Sihanoukists" (supporters of deposed Prince Sihanouk (whom Sanders mentioned in the debate) and other non-communists.

Nixon and Kissinger's solution to this crisis caused by bombing was more bombing, including phosphorous explosives and cluster bombs that each released thousands of either ball bearings or darts.





The assault was meant to force the insurgency to the bargaining table, or force North Vietnam or China to force the Cambodian insurgents to the table. And, as always, there were domestic calculations: bombing Cambodia might distract from the Watergate scandal. It didn't.

The historian Ben Kiernan calls this intensified phase of the bombing a "watershed in Kampuchean history." Kiernan is now a professor of history at Yale University and head of its Genocide Studies Program.

In the 1970s, he learned the Khmer language and interviewed hundreds of Cambodian refugees, including victims and former members of the Khmer Rouge. Based on those interviews, as well as extensive documentary research, including Air Force bombing data, he drew the following three conclusions:

First: The bombing caused "enormous losses" of Cambodian "life and property" on an almost unimaginable scale, across the country. The campaign was indiscriminate, with rural civilians the primary victims. As many as three million people were forced out of their homes during the war, almost half the country's population.

It's impossible to read the testimonies taken by Kiernan and others and not be stunned: twenty people killed in one raid, thirty in another, entire families obliterated, hundreds of acres of crops scorched, whole villages destroyed. "They hit houses in Samrong," one survivor recalls, "and thirty people were killed:"

Another said that the "bombing was massive and devastating, and they just kept bombing more and more massively, so massively you couldn't believe it, so that it engulfed the forests, engulfed the forests with bombs, with devastation."

Second: The bombing was an effective recruitment tool for the Khmer Rouge. Propaganda doesn't seem like quite the right word, since it implies some form of deception or manipulation. Object lesson might be a better description of the service Kissinger provided to Pol Pot. Here's a former Khmer Rouge cadre describing the effect of the bombing:

"The ordinary people sometimes literally shit in their pants when the big bombs and shells came. Their minds just froze up and they would wander around mute for three or four days.

Terrified and half crazy, the people were ready to believe what they were told. It was because of their dissatisfaction with the bombing that they kept on co-operating with the Khmer Rouge, joining up with the Khmer Rouge, sending their children off to go with them . . .

Sometimes the bombs fell and hit little children, and their fathers would be all for the Khmer Rouge.
"

Another told a journalist that his village, Pursat, had been destroyed by U.S. bombs, "killing 200 of its 350 inhabitants and propelling him into a career of violence and absolute loyalty" to the Khmer Rouge. One elderly woman said she had never met a "Khmer Rouge" until her village was destroyed.

The propaganda was strategic but the fury and confusion real: "The people were very angry with the U.S., and that is why so many of them joined the Khmer communists," reported one witness. Another said that after the bombs destroyed a number of monasteries, "people in our village were furious with the Americans; they did not know why the Americans had bombed them."

Third: The bombing that took place between February and August 1973 had two consequences: It delayed a Communist victory while at the same time radically transformed the nature of that victory when it did come two years later.

Had Lon Nol fallen in early or mid-1973, the insurgent victors would have been comprised of diverse factions, including moderates and Sihanouk loyalists. By the time Lon Nol did fall in early 1975, not only had the Khmer Rouge come to dominate the insurgency but a radical faction had come to dominate the Khmer Rouge.

Nixon and Kissinger's intensification of the bombing killed or scattered much of the anti- Lon Nol opposition, driving the insurgency into siege mode and giving the upper hand to a hardened corps of extremists circling around Pol Pot.





The bombing sanctioned their extremism: when political-education cadre pointed to charred corpses and limbless children and said this was a "manifestation of simple American barbarism," who could disagree? And it made them even more extreme: